SEC Filing | FTI Consulting, Inc.

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

Form 8-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): July 28, 2005

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

Maryland

001-14875

52-1261113

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation)

(Commission File Number)

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100, Annapolis, Maryland 21401

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (410) 224-8770

Not Applicable

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

¨	Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

¨	Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

¨	Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

¨	Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

ITEM 1.01.

Entry Into a Material Definitive Agreement

On July 28, 2005, FTI Consulting, Inc. (“FTI”) entered into (i) a purchase agreement (the “Senior Note Purchase Agreement”) for a sale of $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7⁵/8 Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Senior Notes”) to the initial purchasers named therein (the “Initial Purchasers”), and (ii) a purchase agreement (together with the Senior Note Purchase Agreement, the “Purchase Agreements”) for the sale of $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 3¾% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2012 (the “Convertible Notes”) to the Initial Purchasers, in each case in offerings (the “Offerings”) conducted pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Purchase Agreements contain customary representations and warranties of the parties and indemnification and contribution provisions whereby FTI, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities. The Private Placements were consummated on August 2, 2005.

The Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the “Senior Notes Indenture”), dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Senior Notes will mature on June 15, 2013 and rank pari passu in right of payment with all of FTI’s existing and future senior indebtedness, if any, and senior in right of payment to all of FTI’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness. FTI will have the option to redeem all or a portion of the Senior Notes at any time on or after June 15, 2009 at specified redemption prices. At any time before June 15, 2008, FTI may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 107.625% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, with the proceeds of certain equity offerings.

The Convertible Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the “Convertible Notes Indenture” and, together with the Senior Notes Indenture, the “Indentures”), dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The Convertible Notes will be convertible, only under certain conditions, at the option of the holder. Upon conversion, the principal of the Convertible Notes will be paid in cash, and any excess over the conversion rate will be paid in shares of FTI common stock or cash at an initial conversion rate of 31.9980 shares of FTI common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of $31.25 per share. This represents a premium of 30.0% to the last reported sale price of FTI’s common stock on July 28, 2005, of $24.04. The Convertible Notes are non-callable.

FTI used a portion of the net proceeds of the Offerings to repay its existing $142.5 million term loan indebtedness and to repurchase approximately $125.3 million of common shares through a combination of direct share repurchases and an accelerated stock buyback program. FTI plans to use the remainder of the net proceeds for stock repurchases and for general corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions.

In connection with the Offerings, FTI entered into registration rights agreements with the Initial Purchasers relating to the Senior Notes and the Convertible Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreements”). In the registration rights agreement relating to the Senior Notes, FTI agreed to file an exchange offer registration statement and to undertake an offer to exchange the Senior Notes for notes with substantially identical terms that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the registration rights agreement relating to the Convertible Notes, FTI agreed to file and use commercially reasonable efforts to make and keep effective a shelf registration statement permitting registered resales of the Convertible Notes and the shares of FTI’s common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes.

In connection with the Offerings, FTI also entered into a second amendment to its senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility Amendment”) to facilitate the Offerings, adjust its financial covenants and effect certain other changes, including elimination of the lenders’ term loan commitment.

The foregoing descriptions of the Purchase Agreements, Indentures, Registration Rights Agreements and Credit Facility Amendment are qualified in their entireties by reference to the full and complete terms of the copies of those agreements that are attached as exhibits to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 2.03.

Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

ITEM 3.02.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

The information included under Item 1.01 above with respect to the Offerings is incorporated under these Items 2.03 and 3.02.

ITEM 7.01.

Regulation FD Disclosure.

On August 2, 2005, FTI issued a press release (including financial tables) announcing that it had closed the Offerings and updating its financial guidance for the remainder of 2005. A copy of the press release (and financial tables) is furnished as an exhibit to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

The press release contains updated guidance relating to FTI’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and EBITDA by business segment. Although EBITDA is not a measure of financial condition or performance determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, FTI believes that it is useful operating performance measures for evaluating our results of operations from period to period and as compared to our competitors. EBITDA is a common alternative measure of operating performance used by investors, financial analysts and rating agencies to value and compare the financial performance of companies in our industry. FTI uses EBITDA to evaluate and compare the operating performances of its segments and it is one of the primary measures used to determine employee bonuses. FTI also uses EBITDA to value businesses it considers acquiring. EBITDA is not defined in the same manner by all companies and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies unless the definition is the same. We believe that EBITDA as a supplemental financial measure is also indicative of FTI’s capacity to incur and service debt and thereby provides additional useful information to investors regarding FTI’s financial condition and results of operations. EBITDA for purposes of the covenants set forth in our senior secured credit facility and the Senior Notes Indenture is not calculated in the same manner as calculated for purposes of the attached Financial Tables accompanying the Press Release.

The information included in this Item 7.01, including Exhibit 99.1 furnished herewith, shall be deemed not to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be incorporated by reference into any filing pursuant to the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, regardless of any incorporation by reference language in any such filing, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

ITEM 9.01.

Financial Statements and Exhibits

(c)

Exhibits.


1.1		Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the Senior Notes.

1.2		Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the Convertible Notes.

4.1		Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, relating to the Senior Notes.

4.2		Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, relating to the Convertible Notes.

10.1		Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the Senior Notes.

10.2		Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the Convertible Notes.



10.3		Second Amendment, dated as of August 2, 2005, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2003, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders named therein.

99.1		Press Release (including Financial Tables) issued by FTI, dated August 2, 2005.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, FTI has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


	FTI CONSULTING, INC.

Dated: August 3, 2005	By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
		Theodore I. Pincus
		Executive Vice President and
		Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit No.		Description
1.1		Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the Senior Notes.

1.2		Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the Convertible Notes.

4.1		Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, relating to the Senior Notes.

4.2		Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, relating to the Convertible Notes.

10.1		Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the Senior Notes.

10.2		Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the Convertible Notes.

10.3		Second Amendment, dated as of August 2, 2005, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2003, by and among FTI, the guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders named therein.

99.1		Press Release (including Financial Tables) issued by FTI, dated August 2, 2005.

Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005

EXHIBIT 1.1

FTI Consulting, Inc.

7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013

Purchase Agreement

July 28, 2005

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,

85 Broad Street,

New York, New York 10004

Banc of America Securities LLC

9 West 57^th Street

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Purchasers that:

(a) A preliminary offering circular, dated July 19, 2005 (the “Preliminary Offering Circular”) and an offering circular, dated July 28, 2005 (the “Offering Circular”), have been prepared in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular and any amendments or supplements thereto did not and will not, as of their respective dates, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Banc of America Securities LLC (the “Representatives”) expressly for use therein;

or decree and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Circular, there has not been (1) any change in the capital stock or long term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than stock option transactions upon award exercises or vesting of equity awards pursuant to an employee benefit plan, normal debt payments and any other such transactions in the ordinary course of business) or (2) any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (any change or event described in this subclause (2), a “Material Adverse Effect”);

(c) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases, subleases or assigned leases with such exceptions that would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) The Company and the Guarantors have each been duly incorporated or organized and are validly existing as corporations or limited liability companies in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own or lease their properties and conduct their business as described in the Offering Circular, and have been duly qualified as foreign corporations or limited liability companies for the transaction of business and are in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which they own or lease properties or conduct any business so as to require such qualification except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors;

(g) The Indenture (as defined below) has been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when executed and delivered by the Company, each of the Guarantors and the Trustee (as defined below), the Indenture will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and the Indenture will conform in all

material respects to the description thereof in the Offering Circular and will be in substantially the form previously delivered to you;

(h) The Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and, when executed, issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the Indenture (as defined below) and authenticated by the Trustee, will have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits provided by the indenture to be dated as of August 2, 2005 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), under which they are to be issued, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and the Securities will conform to the description thereof in the Offering Circular and will be in substantially the form previously delivered to you;

(i) The Guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Guarantors and, when executed, issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the Indenture, will have been duly executed, issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of each such Guarantor, entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture and enforceable against each of them in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and the Guarantees will conform to the description thereof in the Offering Circular and will be in substantially the form previously delivered to you;

(j) The registration rights agreement to be dated as of August 2, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) has been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when executed and delivered by the Company, the Guarantors and the Purchasers, will have been duly executed and delivered and, assuming that it is a valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchasers, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and the Registration Rights Agreement will conform to the description thereof in the Offering Circular and will be in substantially the form previously delivered to you;

(k) The transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, including without limitation, the exchange of $1,000 principal amount of new notes, with terms substantially identical to the Securities (the “Exchange Securities”), for each $1,000 principal amount of the Securities (the “Exchange Offer”) have been approved by the Company. The Exchange Securities have been duly authorized for issuance by the

Company and, when issued and delivered pursuant to the Indenture and authenticated by the Trustee, will have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture and enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(l) The guarantees of the Company’s obligations under the Exchange Securities (the “Exchange Guarantees”) to be offered in exchange for the Guarantees in the Exchange Offer have been duly authorized by each of the Guarantors and, when issued and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, will have been duly executed, issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of each such Guarantor, entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture and enforceable against each of them in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(m) None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the Exchange Act, or any regulation promulgated thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulations T, U, and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;

(n) Prior to the date hereof, neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has taken any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which might have been expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation, under the Exchange Act, of the price of any security of the Company or any Guarantor in connection with the offering of the Securities;

(o) The issue and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees and the compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with all of the provisions of the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the articles of incorporation or organization or the by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, of the Company or any of the Guarantors or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii), for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any

such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees or the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, except for (1) the filing of a registration statement by the Company with the Commission pursuant to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), pursuant to Section 5(k) hereof, (2) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities and the Guarantees by the Purchasers and (3) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that either (x) have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof or (y) are required to be obtained in connection with the Credit Agreement;

(p) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its articles of incorporation or formation or its by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except in the case of any violation or default that would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(q) The statements set forth in the Offering Circular under the caption “Description of Notes,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Securities, and under the caption “Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects; and the statements in the Offering Circular under the caption “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of matters of United States federal tax law or regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(r) Other than as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the current or future financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened by governmental authorities or by others;

(s) When the Securities and the Guarantees are issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, neither the Securities nor the Guarantees will be of the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act) as securities which are listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system;

(t) The Company is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(u) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(v) Neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf (provided that no representation or warranty is made as to actions of the Purchasers) has offered or sold the Securities by means of any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Act or, with respect to Securities sold outside the United States to non-U.S. persons (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act), by means of any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Rule 902 under the Act and the Company and any person acting on its behalf has complied with and will implement the “offering restriction” within the meaning of such Rule 902;

(w) Within the preceding six months, except for the Company’s convertible senior subordinated notes due 2012, neither the Company nor any other person acting on behalf of the Company has offered or sold to any person any Securities, or any securities of the same or a similar class as the Securities, other than Securities offered or sold to the Purchasers hereunder. The Company will take reasonable precautions designed to insure that any offer or sale, direct or indirect, in the United States or to any U.S. person (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act) of any Securities or any substantially similar security issued by the Company, within six months subsequent to the date on which the distribution of the Securities has been completed (as notified to the Company by the Representatives), is made under restrictions and other circumstances reasonably designed not to affect the status of the offer and sale of the Securities in the United States and to U.S. persons contemplated by this Agreement as transactions exempt from the registration provisions of the Act;

(x) Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(y) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(z) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Offering Circular, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

(aa) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Guarantors agree to issue and sell to each of the Purchasers, and each of the Purchasers agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Guarantors, at a purchase price of 97.25% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of Securities (and the Guarantees thereof) set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser in Schedule II hereto.

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Securities and the Guarantees, the Purchasers propose to offer the Securities and the Guarantees for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Offering Circular and each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with the Company and the Guarantors that:

(a) It will offer and sell the Securities only to: (i) persons who it reasonably believes are “qualified institutional buyers” (“QIBs”) within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act in transactions meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and (ii) through its selling agents, outside the United States, to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Act;

(b) It is an Institutional Accredited Investor; and

(c) It will not offer or sell the Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising, including but not limited to the methods described in Rule 502(c) under the Act.

(b) The documents to be delivered at the Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 hereof, including the cross-receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 7(i) hereof, will be delivered at such time and date at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 885 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (the “Closing Location”), and the Securities will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at the Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding the Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees with each of the Purchasers:

(a) To prepare the Offering Circular in a form approved by you; to make no amendment or any supplement to the Offering Circular which shall be reasonably disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; and to furnish you with copies thereof;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Securities and the Guarantees for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Securities and the Guarantees, provided that in connection therewith neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

(c) To furnish the Purchasers with written and electronic copies of the Offering Circular and each amendment or supplement thereto in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request, and if, at any time prior to the resale by the Purchasers of all the Securities, any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Offering Circular as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Offering Circular is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary or desirable during such same period to amend or supplement the Offering Circular, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Purchaser and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Offering Circular or a supplement to the Offering Circular which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;

(e) Not to be or become, at any time prior to the expiration of three years after the Time of Delivery, an open-end investment company, unit investment trust, closed-end investment company or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act;

(f) At any time when the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, for the benefit of holders from time to time of Securities, to furnish at its expense, upon request, to holders of Securities and prospective purchasers of securities information (the “Additional Issuer Information”) satisfying the requirements of subsection (d)(4)(i) of Rule 144A under the Act;

(g) If requested by you, to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Securities to be eligible for the PORTAL trading system of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.;

(h) To furnish to the holders of the Securities as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the date of the Offering Circular), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided that the Company’ filings of any of the foregoing materials with the Commission that are publicly available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval, or EDGAR, system shall be deemed to have been furnished to you at the time of such filing;

(i) During a period of five years from the date of the Offering Circular, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders of the Company, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any securities exchange on which the Securities or any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission); provided that the Company’s filings of any of the foregoing materials with the Commission that are publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been furnished to you at the time of such filing;

(j) During the period of two years after the Time of Delivery, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Act) to, resell any of the Securities which constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them; and

(k) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement substantially in the manner specified in the Offering Circular under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

6. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Purchasers, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Purchaser is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) no Purchaser has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Purchaser has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company agrees that it will not claim that any of the Purchasers has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Purchasers, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

The Company and each of the Purchasers hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

7. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with the Purchasers that the Company and the Guarantors will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the issue of the Securities and the Guarantees and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular and any amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Purchasers and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing (except to the extent prepared by counsel for the Purchasers) any Agreement among Purchasers, this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Blue Sky surveys, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities, the Exchange Securities, the Guarantees and the Exchange Guarantees for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Purchasers (in an amount not to exceed $15,000) in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky surveys; (iv) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities and the Exchange Securities; (v) the cost of preparing the Securities; (vi) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and any agent of the Trustee and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Trustee in connection with the Indenture and the Securities; (vii) any cost incurred in connection with the designation of the Securities for trading in PORTAL; and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8 and 11 hereof, the Purchasers will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

8. The obligations of the Purchasers hereunder shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Guarantors herein are, at and as of the Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Guarantors shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Purchasers, shall have furnished to you such opinion or opinions, dated the Time of Delivery, with respect to such matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(b) O’Melveny & Myers LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

(i) Each of the Company, FTI, LLC, FTI Repository Services, LLC, Lexecon, LLC, FTI Cambio, LLC and FTI IP, LLC (the “Maryland Guarantors”) and Teklicon, Inc. (the “California Guarantor”) has been duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation, with power and authority

(corporate and other) to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering Circular;

(ii) Upon payment for and delivery of the Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the authentication of the certificate or certificates representing the Securities by a duly authorized signatory of the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, the Securities will constitute legally valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance laws) and by general principles of equity including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and the Securities and the Indenture conform to the descriptions thereof in the Offering Circular;

(iii) When the Securities have been duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and paid for and delivered by the Purchasers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Guarantee of each Guarantor will be a legally valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance laws) and by general principles of equity including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and the Guarantees and the Indenture conform to the descriptions thereof in the Offering Circular;

(iv) Each of the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Maryland Guarantors and the California Guarantor;

(v) Each of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Maryland Guarantors and the California Guarantor, respectively.

(vi) The Indenture constitutes a legally valid and binding obligation of the Company and each of the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance laws), and by general principles of equity including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

(vii) The Registration Rights Agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation of the Company and each of the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance laws), and by general principles of equity including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

(viii) The execution and delivery by the Company and each of the Guarantors, and performance of the obligations under, the Indenture, this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement by the Company and each of the Guarantors (in each case if a party thereto) and the issuance and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees do not and will not (a) violate any federal or New York statute, rule or regulation that such counsel have, in the exercise of customary professional diligence, recognized as applicable to such entity or to transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement, (b) violate any order, judgment, writ or decree of any federal court or governmental authority binding on such entity that is identified in an officer’s certificate or (c) breach or result in a default under any existing obligation of or restriction on such entity under any agreements filed as exhibits to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and any subsequent quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and under the Credit Agreement (collectively, the “Material Agreements”) identified in such officer’s certificate, it being expressly understood that such counsel express no opinion as to any federal securities laws, securities laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction (including “Blue Sky” laws), the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement or the effect of such entity’s performance of its obligations on such entity’s compliance with financial covenants or covenants requiring financial calculations. If a Material Agreement is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than New York, such counsel have assumed such Material Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(ix) No order, consent, permit or approval of or filing with any New York or federal governmental authority that such counsel have, in the exercise of customary professional diligence, recognized as applicable to the Company or to the transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement is required on the part the Company for the execution or delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement or for the issuance and sale of the Securities by the Company and the Guarantees by the Guarantors, except (i) such as have been made or obtained prior to the date hereof, (ii) as may be required under the Securities Act, Exchange Act or regulations thereunder in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, (iii) as may be required under applicable state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws, (iv) as may be required under the rules and regulations of the NASD in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Purchasers or (v) for the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement;

(x) The statements set forth in the Offering Circular under the caption “Description of Notes,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of

the Securities, under the caption “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws referred to therein, and under the caption “Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the documents referred to therein, are correct in all material respects;

(xi) Assuming without independent investigation (a) that the Securities and the Guarantees are sold to the Purchasers, and initially resold by the Purchasers, in accordance with the terms of and in the manner contemplated by, this Agreement and the Offering Circular; (b) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in this Agreement and in those certain certificates delivered on the date hereof at the closing; (c) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers set forth in this Agreement; (d) the due performance and compliance by the Company, the Guarantors and the Purchasers of their respective covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement; and (e) the Purchasers’ compliance with the Offering Circular and the transfer procedures and restrictions described therein, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities and the Guarantees to the Purchasers and to each subsequent purchaser under the circumstances contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Circular to register the Securities and the Guarantees under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture in respect thereof under the Trust Indenture Act, it being expressly understood that such counsel express no opinion as to the securities laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction and such counsel express no opinion as to any subsequent reoffer or resale of any of the Securities and the Guarantees; and

(xii) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and application of the net proceeds therefrom in accordance with the “Use of Proceeds” described in the Offering Circular, will not be, an “investment company” required to register under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Such counsel shall also state that it has no facts have come to such counsel’s attention that causes such counsel to believe that the Offering Circular, considered as a whole as of the date thereof, and as of the Closing Date, contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; it being understood that such counsel need express no opinion as to the financial statements or other financial information and data contained in or omitted from the Offering Circular.

(c) Dianne Sagner, in-house counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you her written opinion, dated the Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

(i) The Company and each of the Guarantors is qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity to do business and is in good standing in each of the jurisdictions identified in the Officer’s Certificate attached hereto as Annex A, as jurisdictions in which such corporation or other entity leases property or conducts business and the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not individually, or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the current or future consolidated financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”);

(ii) The outstanding shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of each of the Guarantors have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability action on the part of such entity, are validly issued, fully-paid and nonassessable, and are owned of record directly or indirectly by the Company;

(iii) To the best of such counsel’s knowledge and other than as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened by governmental authorities or by others; and

(iv) To such counsel’s knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in (i) violation of its articles of incorporation or organization or its by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except for such defaults which would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) Baker Botts LLP, counsel for Technology & Financial Consulting, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Texas Guarantor”), shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

(i) The Texas Guarantor has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering Circular;

(ii) Each of the Indenture, the Guarantee, the Registration Rights Agreement and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Texas Guarantor; and

(iii) The Exchange Guarantee has been duly authorized by the Texas Guarantor.

(e) DLA Piper Rudnick Gray Cary, counsel for DAS Business, LLC, FTI Corporate Recovery, Inc., FTI Merger & Acquisition Advisors, LLC, FTI Litigation Consulting, LLC, FTI Ten Eyck, LLC, each a Maryland corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

(i) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Offering Circular, and all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company and have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable;

(f) On the date of the Offering Circular prior to the execution of this Agreement and also at the Time of Delivery, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto;

(g) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Offering Circular any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Circular there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Purchasers so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in this Agreement and in the Offering Circular;

(h) On or after the date hereof (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities;

(i) On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; or on the Nasdaq National market; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Nasdaq National Market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Purchasers makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Circular;

(j) The Securities have been designated for trading on PORTAL, upon the prior request of the Purchasers;

(k) The Company shall have delivered executed copies of the Securities, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement to the Purchasers, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Purchasers; and

(l) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at the Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Guarantors of all of their obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsections (g) and (h) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request.

9. (a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Purchaser may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Purchaser for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Purchaser in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Purchaser through the Representatives expressly for use therein; provided, further, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to losses, claims, damages or liabilities shall not inure to the benefit of any Purchaser (or any person controlling any Purchaser) with respect to any losses, claims or damages arising out of or based upon (x) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in the Preliminary Offering Circular or (y) any omission or alleged omission to state in the Preliminary Offering Circular a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if: (1) the Company and the Guarantors furnished sufficient copies of the Offering Circular on a timely basis to permit delivery of the Offering Circular to all persons purchasing offered Securities from the Purchasers in the initial resale of such Securities (such persons, the “Initial Resale Purchasers”) at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Securities to such person; (2) the Initial Resale Purchaser asserting such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Securities in the initial resale from the Purchasers and a copy of the Offering Circular was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Purchaser to such Initial Resale Purchaser; and (3) the Offering Circular would have cured the defect giving rise to such losses, claims, damages or liabilities; provided, further, however, that in the event the Purchasers have provided the Initial Resale Purchaser asserting such losses, claims, damages or liabilities with a copy of the Offering Circular that corrected any such statement or omission referred to in subclauses (x) and (y) above, the Purchasers shall not be held liable with respect to such losses, claims, damages or liabilities.

(b) Each Purchaser will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company and the Guarantors may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Purchaser through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such applicable subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Guarantors bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Purchasers, in each case as set forth in the Offering Circular. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand or the Purchasers on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Guarantors and the Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does

not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Purchaser shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to investors were offered to investors exceeds the amount of any damages which such Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The Purchasers’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Purchaser within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Purchasers under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Purchasers may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or any Guarantor and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of the Act.

10. (a) If any Purchaser shall default in its obligation to purchase the Securities which it has agreed to purchase hereunder, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Securities on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Purchaser you do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Securities on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Offering Circular, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to prepare promptly any amendments to the Offering Circular which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Purchaser” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.

(a) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase its pro rata share (based on the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from liability for its default.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a)

above, the aggregate principal amount of Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Purchasers to purchase Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Purchaser or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Purchasers as provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Guarantors and the several Purchasers, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any controlling person of any Purchaser, or the Company, or any Guarantor, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company or any Guarantor, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall then be under any liability to any Purchaser except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason, the Securities are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Purchasers through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Purchasers in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities and the Guarantees, but none of the Company or the Guarantors shall then be under further liability to any Purchaser except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Purchasers, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Purchaser made or given by you.

14. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Purchasers shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department, and to Banc of America Securities LLC, 9 West 57^th Street, New York, New York 10019; and if to the Company or any Guarantor, shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Offering Circular, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to a Purchaser pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Purchaser at its address set forth in its Purchasers’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

15. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Purchasers, the Company, the Guarantors and, to the extent provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and the Guarantors and each person who controls the Company, any Guarantor or any Purchaser, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Securities from any Purchaser shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

16. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

17. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

18. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Guarantors are authorized to disclose to any persons the tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company relating to that treatment and structure, without the Purchasers imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us four counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers, the Company and each of the Guarantors. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Guarantors for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.


Very truly yours,

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:	/s/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	Executive V.P., CFO & Treasurer

FTI, LLC

By:	/s/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI REPOSITORY SERVICES, LLC

By:	/s/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

LEXECON, LLC

By:	/s/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

TECHNOLOGY & FINANCIAL CONSULTING, INC.

By:	/s/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


TEKLICON, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI CAMBIO, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI IP, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

Accepted as of the date hereof:


GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

By:	/s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
	(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

By:	/S/ LEX MAULTSBY
	Name:	Lex Maultsby
	Title:	Managing Director

SCHEDULE I

FTI, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

FTI Repository Services, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

Lexecon, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

Technology & Financial Consulting, Inc., a Texas corporation

Teklicon, Inc., a California corporation

FTI Cambio, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

FTI IP, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

SCHEDULE II


Purchaser	Principal Amount of Securities to be Purchased
Goldman, Sachs & Co.	$	110,000,000
Banc of America Securities LLC		90,000,000

Total	$	200,000,000

ANNEX I

Pursuant to Section 7(d) of the Purchase Agreement, the accountants shall furnish letters to the Purchasers to the effect that:

(i) They are independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder;

(ii) In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules audited by us and included in the Offering Circular comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the related published rules and regulations;

(iii) The unaudited selected financial information with respect to the consolidated results of operations and financial position of the Company for the five most recent fiscal years included in the Offering Circular agrees with the corresponding amounts (after restatements where applicable) in the audited consolidated financial statements for such five fiscal years;

(iv) On the basis of limited procedures not constituting an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, consisting of a reading of the unaudited financial statements and other information referred to below, a reading of the latest available interim financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, inspection of the minute books of the Company and its subsidiaries since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Offering Circular, inquiries of officials of the Company and its subsidiaries responsible for financial and accounting matters and such other inquiries and procedures as may be specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that:

(A) the unaudited consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Offering Circular are not in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on the basis substantially consistent with the basis for the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Offering Circular;

(B) any other unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items included in the Offering Circular do not agree with the corresponding items in the unaudited consolidated financial statements from which such data and items were derived, and any such unaudited data and items were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for the corresponding amounts in the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Offering Circular;

(C) the unaudited financial statements which were not included in the Offering Circular but from which were derived any unaudited condensed financial statements referred to in clause (A) and any unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items included in the Offering Circular and referred to in clause (B) were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Offering Circular;

A-1

(D) any unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial statements included in the Offering Circular do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements or the pro forma adjustments have not been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of those statements;

(E) as of a specified date not more than five days prior to the date of such letter, there have been any changes in the consolidated capital stock (other than issuances of capital stock upon exercise of options and stock appreciation rights, upon earn-outs of performance shares and upon conversions of convertible securities, in each case which were outstanding on the date of the latest financial statements included in the Offering Circular or any increase in the consolidated long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, or any decreases in consolidated net current assets or stockholders’ equity or other items specified by the Representatives, or any increases in any items specified by the Representatives, in each case as compared with amounts shown in the latest balance sheet included in the Offering Circular except in each case for changes, increases or decreases which the Offering Circular discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

(F) for the period from the date of the latest financial statements included in the Offering Circular to the specified date referred to in clause (E) there were any decreases in consolidated net revenues or operating profit or the total or per share amounts of consolidated net income or other items specified by the Representatives, or any increases in any items specified by the Representatives, in each case as compared with the comparable period of the preceding year and with any other period of corresponding length specified by the Representatives, except in each case for decreases or increases which the Offering Circular discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

(v) In addition to the examination referred to in their report(s) included in the Offering Circular and the limited procedures, inspection of minute books, inquiries and other procedures referred to in paragraphs (iii) and (iv) above, they have carried out certain specified procedures, not constituting an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, with respect to certain amounts, percentages and financial information specified by the Representatives, which are derived from the general accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries, which appear in the Offering Circular, and have compared certain of such amounts, percentages and financial information with the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and have found them to be in agreement.

A-2

Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005

Exhibit 1.2

FTI Consulting, Inc.

3¾% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2012

Purchase Agreement

July 28, 2005

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,

85 Broad Street,

New York, New York 10004

Banc of America Securities LLC

9 West 57^th Street

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Banc of America Securities LLC (the “Purchasers”) an aggregate of $125,000,000 principal amount of the 3¾% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Firm Securities”), which are convertible into cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Stock”), upon the occurrence of certain circumstances under the terms of an indenture to be dated August 2, 2005 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers, at the option of the Purchasers, an aggregate principal amount of up to $25.0 million additional 3¾% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Option Securities”). The Firm Securities and the Option Securities are herein referred to as the “Securities.” The Securities will be unconditionally guaranteed as to the payment of principal, premium and interest (including special interest), if any, (the “Guarantees”) by each of the entities listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Guarantors”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Offering Circular (as defined below) under the heading “Description of Notes.”

1. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Purchasers that:

(a) A preliminary offering circular, dated July 19, 2005 (the “Preliminary Offering Circular”) and an offering circular, dated July 28, 2005 (the “Offering Circular”), have been prepared in connection with the offering of the Securities and the Stock issuable upon conversion pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. The Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular and any amendments or supplements thereto did not and will not, as of their respective dates, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information

furnished in writing to the Company by a Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Banc of America Securities LLC (the “Representatives”) expressly for use therein;

(b) Otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular, (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Offering Circular any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Circular, there has not been (1) any change in the capital stock or long term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than stock option transactions upon award exercises or vesting of equity awards pursuant to an employee benefit plan, normal debt payments and any other such transactions in the ordinary course of business) or (2) any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (any change or event described in this subclause (2), a “Material Adverse Effect”);

(e) As of June 30, 2005, the Company had an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Offering Circular, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non assessable; the Stock initially issuable upon conversion of the Securities have been duly and validly authorized and reserved for issuance and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and the Indenture, will be validly issued, fully paid and non assessable, free and clear of any liens or preemptive rights or any similar rights, and will conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Offering Circular; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims other than Permitted Liens;

(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors;

(g) The Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when executed and delivered by the Company, each of the Guarantors and the Trustee (as defined below), the Indenture will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and the Indenture will conform in all material respects to the description thereof in the Offering Circular and will be in substantially the form previously delivered to you;

(h) The Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and, when executed, issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the Indenture and authenticated by the Trustee, will have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture, under which they are to be issued, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and the Securities will conform to the description thereof in the Offering Circular and will be in substantially the form previously delivered to you;

(j) The registration rights agreement to be dated as of August 2, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) has been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors, and when executed and delivered by the Company, the Guarantors and the Purchasers, will have been duly executed and delivered and, assuming that it is a valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchasers, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity

and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and the Registration Rights Agreement will conform to the description thereof in the Offering Circular and will be in substantially the form previously delivered to you;

(k) None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the Exchange Act, or any regulation promulgated thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulations T, U, and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;

(l) Prior to the date hereof, neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has taken any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which might have been expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation, under the Exchange Act, of the price of any security of the Company or any Guarantor in connection with the offering of the Securities;

(m) The issue and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees, the issuance of the Stock upon conversion of the Securities and the compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with all of the provisions of the Securities, the Guarantees, the Stock, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the articles of incorporation or organization or the by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, of the Company or any of the Guarantors or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii), for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees, the issuance of the Stock upon conversion of the Securities or the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, except for (1) the filing of a shelf registration statement by the Company with the Commission pursuant to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), pursuant to Section 5(k) hereof, (2) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities and the Guarantees by the Purchasers and (3) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that either (x) have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof or (y) are required to be obtained in connection with the Credit Agreement;

(n) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its articles of incorporation or formation or its by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, or in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation,

covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except in the case of any violation or default that would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(o) The statements set forth in the Offering Circular under the caption “Description of Notes” and “Description of Common Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Securities and the Stock, respectively, and under the caption “Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects; and the statements in the Offering Circular under the caption “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of matters of United States federal tax law or regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(p) Other than as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the current or future financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened by governmental authorities or by others;

(q) When the Securities and the Guarantees are issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, neither the Securities nor the Guarantees will be of the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act) as securities which are listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system;

(r) The Company is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(s) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(t) Neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf (provided that no representation or warranty is made as to actions of the Purchasers) has offered or sold the Securities by means of any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Act or, with respect to Securities sold outside the United States to non-U.S. persons (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act), by means of any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Rule 902 under the Act and the Company and any person acting on its behalf has complied with and will implement the “offering restriction” within the meaning of such Rule 902;

(u) Within the preceding six months, except for the Company’s senior notes due 2013, neither the Company nor any other person acting on behalf of the Company has offered or sold to any person any Securities, or any securities of the same or a similar class as the Securities, other than Securities offered or sold to the Purchasers hereunder. The Company will take reasonable precautions designed to insure that any offer or sale, direct or indirect, in the United States or to any U.S. person (as defined in

Rule 902 under the Act) of any Securities or any substantially similar security issued by the Company, within six months subsequent to the date on which the distribution of the Securities has been completed (as notified to the Company by the Representatives), is made under restrictions and other circumstances reasonably designed not to affect the status of the offer and sale of the Securities in the United States and to U.S. persons contemplated by this Agreement as transactions exempt from the registration provisions of the Act;

(v) Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(w) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(x) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Offering Circular, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

(y) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company and the Guarantors agree to issue and sell to each of the Purchasers, and each of the Purchasers agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Guarantors, at a purchase price of 96.75% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of Firm Securities (and the Guarantees thereof) set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser in Schedule II hereto and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Purchasers shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Securities as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Purchasers, and each of the Purchasers agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the same purchase price set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Optional Securities (and the Guarantees in respect thereof) as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractions of $1,000) determined by multiplying such aggregate principal amount of Optional Securities by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum aggregate principal amount of Optional Securities which such Purchaser is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser in Schedule II hereto and the denominator of which is the

maximum aggregate principal amount of Optional Securities which all of the Purchasers are entitled to purchase hereunder.

Any such election to purchase Optional Securities may be exercised by written notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement, setting forth the aggregate principal amount of Optional Securities to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Securities are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a)) hereunder, or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

(b) It is an Institutional Accredited Investor; and

(c) It will not offer or sell the Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising, including but not limited to the methods described in Rule 502(c) under the Act.

4. (a) The Securities to be purchased by each Purchaser hereunder will be represented by one or more definitive global Securities in book-entry form which will be deposited by or on behalf of the Company with The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its designated custodian. The Company will deliver the Securities to Goldman, Sachs & Co., for the account of each Purchaser, against payment by or on behalf of such Purchaser of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer to the Company in federal same day funds, by causing DTC to credit the Securities to the account of Goldman, Sachs & Co. at DTC. The Company will cause the certificates representing the Securities to be made available to Goldman, Sachs & Co. for checking at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on August 2, 2005 or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing and, with respect to the Optional Securities, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified by Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the written notice given by Goldman, Sachs & Co. of the Purchasers’ election to purchase such Optional Securities, or in either case such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Securities is herein called the “First Time of Delivery,” such time and date for delivery of the Optional Securities, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery,” and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery.”

(a) The documents to be delivered at the Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 hereof, including the cross-receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 7(i) hereof, will be

delivered at such time and date at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 885 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (the “Closing Location”), and the Securities will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at the Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding the Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees with each of the Purchasers:

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Securities, the Guarantees and the Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Securities and the Guarantees, provided that in connection therewith neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

(d) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing until the date 90 days after the Time of Delivery, not to offer, sell contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Securities, the Guarantees or the Stock, including but not limited to any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement), except (i) in the concurrent offering of the Company’s senior notes due 2013, as described in the Offering Circular, (ii) the issuance of up to an aggregate of 100,000 shares in connection with acquisitions, or (iii) with the prior written consent of the Purchasers;

(g) If requested by you, to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Securities to be eligible for the PORTAL trading system of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.;

(h) To furnish to the holders of the Securities as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the date of the Offering Circular), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided that the Company’s filings of any of the foregoing materials with the Commission that are publicly available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval, or EDGAR, system shall be deemed to have been furnished to you at the time of such filing;

(l) To reserve and keep available at all times, free of preemptive rights, shares of Stock for the purpose of enabling the Company to satisfy any obligations to issue shares of its Stock upon conversion of the Securities; and

(m) To use all commercially reasonable efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities on the Nasdaq National Market.

6. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement and the issuance of the Stock upon conversion of the Securities are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Purchasers, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Purchaser is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) no Purchaser has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Purchaser has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company agrees that it will not claim that any of the Purchasers has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Purchasers, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

The Company and each of the Purchasers hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

7. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with the Purchasers that the Company and the Guarantors will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the issue of the Securities, the Guarantees and the Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular and any amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Purchasers and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing (except to the extent prepared by counsel for the Purchasers) any Agreement among Purchasers, this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Blue Sky surveys, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities, the Guarantees and the Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Purchasers (in an amount not to exceed $15,000) in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky surveys; (iv) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities; (v) the cost of preparing the Securities; (vi) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and any agent of the Trustee and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Trustee in connection with the Indenture and the Securities; (vii) any cost incurred in connection with the designation of the Securities for trading in PORTAL and the listing of the Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities; and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8 and 11 hereof, the Purchasers will pay all of their own

costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

(b) O’Melveny & Myers LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory reasonably to you, to the effect that:

considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and the Guarantees and the Indenture conform to the descriptions thereof in the Offering Circular;

(v) The Indenture constitutes a legally valid and binding obligation of the Company and each of the Maryland Guarantors and the California Guarantor, enforceable against the Company and each of the Maryland Guarantors and the California Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance laws), and by general principles of equity including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

(vi) The Registration Rights Agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation of the Company and each of the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance laws), and by general principles of equity including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

(vii) The shares of Stock initially issuable upon conversion of the Securities have been duly and validly authorized and reserved for issuance and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and the Indenture, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and will conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Offering Circular.

8-K and under the Credit Agreement (the “Material Agreements”) identified in such officer’s certificate, it being expressly understood that such counsel express no opinion as to any federal securities laws, securities laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction (including “Blue Sky” laws), the indemnification and contribution provisions of the this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement or the effect of such entity’s performance of its obligations on such entity’s compliance with financial covenants or covenants requiring financial calculations. If a Material Agreement is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than New York, such counsel have assumed such Material Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(ix) No order, consent, permit or approval of or filing with any New York or federal governmental authority that such counsel have, in the exercise of customary professional diligence, recognized as applicable to the Company or to the transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement is required on the part the Company for the execution or delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, for the issuance and sale of the Securities by the Company and the Guarantees by the Guarantors or for the issuance of Stock upon conversion of the Securities, except (i) such as have been made or obtained prior to the date hereof, (ii) as may be required under the Securities Act, Exchange Act or regulations thereunder in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, (iii) as may be required under applicable state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws, (iv) as may be required under the rules and regulations of the NASD in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Purchasers or (v) for the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement;

(x) The statements set forth in the Offering Circular under the caption “Description of Notes” and “Description of Common Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Securities and the Stock, respectively, under the caption “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws referred to therein, and “Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the documents referred to therein, are correct in all material respects;

jurisdiction and such counsel express no opinion as to any subsequent reoffer or resale of any of the Securities and the Guarantees; and

(iv) To such counsel’s knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its articles of incorporation or organization or its by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, or in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;

(ii) Each of the Indenture, the Guarantee, the Registration Rights Agreement and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Texas Guarantor; and

(iii) The Exchange Guarantee has been duly authorized by the Texas Guarantor.

surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities;

(i) On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or on the Nasdaq National market; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Nasdaq National Market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Purchasers makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Circular;

(j) The Securities have been designated for trading on PORTAL, upon the prior request of the Purchasers;

(k) The Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities shall have been duly listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange;

(l) The Company shall have delivered executed copies of the Securities, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement to the Purchasers, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Purchasers;

(m) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Purchasers executed copies of a lock-up agreement from each executive officer and director of the Company listed on Schedule III hereto substantially in the form set forth in Annex II hereto;

(n) The Company shall have delivered to the Purchasers a fully-executed copy of a second amendment to the Company’s existing revolving credit facility, substantially in the form previously delivered to you and effective as of no later than the First Time of Delivery; and

(o) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at the Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Guarantors of all of their obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsections (g) and (h) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request.

with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Purchaser through the Representatives expressly for use therein; provided, further, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to losses, claims, damages or liabilities shall not inure to the benefit of any Purchaser (or any person controlling any Purchaser) with respect to any losses, claims or damages arising out of or based upon (x) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in the Preliminary Offering Circular or (y) any omission or alleged omission to state in the Preliminary Offering Circular a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if: (1) the Company and the Guarantors furnished sufficient copies of the Offering Circular on a timely basis to permit delivery of the Offering Circular to all persons purchasing offered Securities from the Purchasers in the initial resale of such Securities (such persons, the “Initial Resale Purchasers”) at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Securities to such person; (2) the Initial Resale Purchaser asserting such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Securities in the initial resale from the Purchasers and a copy of the Offering Circular was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Purchaser to such Initial Resale Purchaser; and (3) the Offering Circular would have cured the defect giving rise to such losses, claims, damages or liabilities; provided, further, however, that in the event the Purchasers have provided the Initial Resale Purchaser asserting such losses, claims, damages or liabilities with a copy of the Offering Circular that corrected any such statement or omission referred to in subclauses (x) and (y) above, the Purchasers shall not be held liable with respect to such losses, claims, damages or liabilities.

extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

such Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The Purchasers’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase its pro rata share (based on the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Purchasers to purchase Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligation of the Purchasers to purchase and of the Company and the Guarantors to sell the Optional Securities and Guarantees thereof) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Purchaser or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Purchasers as

provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from liability for its default.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Purchasers shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department and to Banc of America Securities LLC, 9 West 57^th Street, New York, New York 10019; and if to the Company or any Guarantor shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Offering Circular, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to a Purchaser pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Purchaser at its address set forth in its Purchasers’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Purchasers, the Company, the Guarantors and, to the extent provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and the Guarantors and each person who controls the Company, any Guarantor or any Purchaser, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Securities from any Purchaser shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

16. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

17. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

18. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Guarantors are authorized to disclose to any persons the tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company relating to that treatment and structure, without the Purchasers imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.


Very truly yours,

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	Executive V.P., CFO & Treasurer


FTI, LLC

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


FTI REPOSITORY SERVICES, LLC

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


LEXECON, LLC

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


TECHNOLOGY & FINANCIAL CONSULTING, INC.

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


TEKLICON, INC.

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


FTI CAMBIO, LLC

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


FTI IP, LLC

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


Accepted as of the date hereof:

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

By:		/s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
		(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)


BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

By:		/S/ THOMAS MORRISON
	Name:	Thomas Morrison
	Title:	Managing Director

SCHEDULE I

FTI, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

FTI Repository Services, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

Lexecon, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

Technology & Financial Consulting, Inc., a Texas corporation

Teklicon, Inc., a California corporation

FTI Cambio, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

FTI IP, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

SCHEDULE II


Purchaser			Principal Amount of Securities to be Purchased
Goldman, Sachs & Co.			$	82,500,000
Banc of America Securities LLC				67,500,000

Total	$	125,000,000	$	25,000,000

SCHEDULE III

LOCK-UP LETTER SIGNERS

Jack B. Dunn

Dennis J. Shaugneessy

Dominic DiNapoli

Theodore I. Pincus

Barry S. Kaufman

David G. Bannister

Sara K. Lacombe

Dianne R. Sagner

Charles Boryenace

Curt A.H. Jeschke, Jr.

Mark H. Berey

Gerard E. Holthaus

James A. Flick, Jr.

Peter F. O’Malley

Denis J. Callaghan

George P. Stamas

ANNEX I

Pursuant to Section 7(d) of the Purchase Agreement, the accountants shall furnish letters to the Purchasers to the effect that:

A-1

A-2

Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005

Exhibit 4.1

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

7⁵/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013

INDENTURE

Dated as of August 2, 2005

Wilmington Trust Company,

as Trustee

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*


*Trust Indenture* *Act Section*		*Indenture Section*
310(a)(1)		7.10
(a)(2)		7.10
(a)(3)		N.A.
(a)(4)		N.A.
(a)(5)		7.10
(b)		7.10
(c)		N.A.
311(a)		7.11
(b)		7.11
(c)		N.A.
312(a)		2.05
(b)		12.03
(c)		12.03
313(a)		7.06
(b)(1)		N.A.
(b)(2)		7.06; 7.07
(c)		7.06; 12.02
(d)		7.06
314(a)		4.03;12.02; 12.05
(b)		N.A.
(c)(1)		12.04
(c)(2)		12.04
(c)(3)		N.A.
(d)		N.A.
(e)		12.05
(f)		N.A.
315(a)		7.01
(b)		7.05; 12.02
(c)		7.01
(d)		7.01
(e)		6.11
316(a) (last sentence)		2.09
(a)(1)(A)		6.05
(a)(1)(B)		6.04
(a)(2)		N.A.
(b)		6.07
(c)		2.12
317(a)(1)		6.08
(a)(2)		6.09
(b)		2.04
318(a)		12.01
(b)		N.A.
(c)		12.01

N.A. means not applicable.

*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		Page
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01	Definitions	1
Section 1.02	Other Definitions	20
Section 1.03	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	21
Section 1.04	Rules of Construction	21

ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

Section 2.01	Form and Dating	22
Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication	22
Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent	23
Section 2.04	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	23
Section 2.05	Holder Lists	23
Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange	24
Section 2.07	Replacement Notes	35
Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes	35
Section 2.09	Treasury Notes	35
Section 2.10	Temporary Notes	36
Section 2.11	Cancellation	36
Section 2.12	Defaulted Interest	36
Section 2.13	CUSIP Numbers	36

ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee	37
Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	37
Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption	37
Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption	38
Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	38
Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	39
Section 3.07	Optional Redemption	39
Section 3.08	Mandatory Redemption	40
Section 3.09	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	40

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS

Section 4.01	Payment of Notes	41
Section 4.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency	42
Section 4.03	Reports	42
Section 4.04	Compliance Certificate	43
Section 4.05	Taxes	44
Section 4.06	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	44
Section 4.07	Restricted Payments	44
Section 4.08	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	48
Section 4.09	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	49


Section 4.10	Asset Sales	53
Section 4.11	Transactions with Affiliates	55
Section 4.12	Liens	56
Section 4.13	Business Activities	56
Section 4.14	Corporate Existence	56
Section 4.15	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	57
Section 4.16	No Amendment to Subordination Provisions	58
Section 4.17	Payments for Consent	59
Section 4.18	Additional Note Guarantees	59
Section 4.19	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	59

ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	60
Section 5.02	Successor Corporation Substituted	61

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01	Events of Default	61
Section 6.02	Acceleration	63
Section 6.03	Other Remedies	63
Section 6.04	Waiver of Past Defaults	64
Section 6.05	Control by Majority	64
Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits	64
Section 6.07	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	64
Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee	65
Section 6.09	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	65
Section 6.10	Priorities	65
Section 6.11	Undertaking for Costs	66

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE

Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee	66
Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee	67
Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee	67
Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer	68
Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults	68
Section 7.06	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	68
Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity	68
Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee	69
Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	70
Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification	70
Section 7.11	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	70

ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	70
Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	71
Section 8.03	Covenant Defeasance	71
Section 8.04	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	72


Section 8.05	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	73
Section 8.06	Repayment to Company	73
Section 8.07	Reinstatement	74

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	74
Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders of Notes	75
Section 9.03	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	76
Section 9.04	Revocation and Effect of Consents	76
Section 9.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	77
Section 9.06	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	77

ARTICLE 10
NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 10.01	Guarantee	77
Section 10.02	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	78
Section 10.03	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	78
Section 10.04	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	79
Section 10.05	Releases	79

ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01	Satisfaction and Discharge	80
Section 11.02	Application of Trust Money	81

ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01	Trust Indenture Act Controls	81
Section 12.02	Notices	82
Section 12.03	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	83
Section 12.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	83
Section 12.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	83
Section 12.06	Rules by Trustee and Agents	83
Section 12.07	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	83
Section 12.08	Governing Law	84
Section 12.09	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	84
Section 12.10	Successors	84
Section 12.11	Severability	84
Section 12.12	Counterpart Originals	84
Section 12.13	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	84

EXHIBITS


Exhibit A		FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B		FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C		FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D		FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Exhibit E		FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
Exhibit F		FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE FOR ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR(S)

iii

INDENTURE dated as of August 2, 2005 among FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, the Guarantors (as defined) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 7⁵/₈% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”):

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; and

(2) the excess of: (a) the present value at the redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at June 15, 2009 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07 hereof) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through June 15, 2009 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of the Note, if greater.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Sections 4.15 and 5.01 hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million;

(2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) the sale or lease of products, services or accounts receivable or the licensing of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(6) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof or a Permitted Investment;

(7) the grant of a Lien permitted by this Indenture; and

(8) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars, Great Britain pounds and European Union euros, and cash deposit accounts denominated in such currencies;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and, in each case, maturing within twelve months after the date of acquisition; and

(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act);

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(3) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

“Common Stock” means the Capital Stock of the Company consisting solely of the common stock of the Company that is (a) Voting Stock and (b) Publicly Traded.

“Company” means FTI Consulting, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale (without regard to the $1.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof), to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(5) any non-cash goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charges incurred subsequent to the date of this Indenture resulting from the application of SFAS No. 142 (or any successor provision thereto) or any other non-cash asset impairment charges incurred subsequent to the date of this Indenture resulting from the application of SFAS No. 144 (or any successor provision thereto); plus

(6) any non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs; plus

(7) customary fees and expenses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries payable in connection with the Transactions; plus

(8) any non-cash loss recognized in accounting for Hedging Obligations as a result of the application of SFAS No. 149 (or any principles of superseded SFAS No. 133), or any successor provision thereto, as in effect on the date of this Indenture; minus

(9) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than any such terms permitted under Section 4.08 hereof); provided that such exclusion shall not apply to the extent that such dividends or distributions are actually received;

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

(4) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2003, by and among the Company, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, as guarantors, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and the other lenders party thereto, as amended by that certain First Amendment thereto, dated as of April 19, 2005, providing for up to $275.0 million of revolving credit and term loan borrowings (or, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, $100.0 million of revolving credit borrowings), including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

“Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as such in an officers’ certificate, setting forth the basis of valuation thereof, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Existing Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture).

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect (in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period.

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary on such Calculation Date in connection with the event requiring determination of Consolidated Cash Flow) will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date (or would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Calculation Date in connection with the event requiring determination of Consolidated Cash Flow) will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

(6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of twelve months).

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

(3) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

(4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof.

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

“Guarantors” means each of:

(1) FTI, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company; FTI Repository Services, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company; Lexecon, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company; Technology & Financial Consulting, Inc., a Texas corporation; Teklicon, Inc., a California corporation; FTI Cambio, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company; FTI IP, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company; and

(2) any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with Sections 4.18(a) and 10.03 hereof,

and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with Sections 4.18(b) and 10.05 hereof.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage or hedge interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $100,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent twelve-month period do not exceed $100,000; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or

(6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Initial Notes” means $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

“Initial Purchasers” means Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Banc of America Securities LLC.

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c) hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of Wilmington, Delaware (for so long as the Company maintains an office or agency in such location, or alternatively, in the City of New York, if at such time the Company maintains an office or agency in the City of New York) or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with:

(a) any Asset Sale (without regard to the $1.0 million threshold in the definition thereof); or

(b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(2) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would

constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

“Permitted Business” means any business that is reasonably similar, ancillary or related to, or a reasonable extension or expansion of, the businesses which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Indenture.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof;

(5) any Investment made solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (a) obligations of trade creditors, suppliers or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor, supplier or customer; or (b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

(8) payroll, travel and similar advances to directors, officers and employees to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(9) loans or advances to employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company made in the ordinary course of business (other than loans or advances evidenced by SMD Loans) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(10) loans or advances to employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company made in the ordinary course of business evidenced by SMD Loans;

(11) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(12) repurchases of the Notes and related Note Guarantees;

(13) Investments in existence on the date of this Indenture, and any amendment, modification, restatement, supplement, extension, renewal, refunding, replacement or refinancing, in whole or in part, thereof;

(14) Guarantees otherwise permitted by the terms of this Indenture; and

(15) other Investments in any Person other than Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $10.0 million; provided, however, that if an Investment pursuant to this clause (15) is made in any

Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of the Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment will thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above, and will cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (15).

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens on assets of the Company or any Guarantor securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities (including in respect of “Treasury Management Agreements,” as defined in the Credit Agreement) that was incurred pursuant to either clause (1) or clause (16) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof and/or securing Hedging Obligations related thereto;

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

(5) Liens to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, but exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money;

(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

(7) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

(9) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(11) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees);

(12) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that:

(a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

(13) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course or business in connection therewith;

(14) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment, or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(15) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty requirements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and set-off;

(16) leases or subleases granted to other Persons that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(17) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;

(18) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; and

(19) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

“Publicly Traded” means any equity security of a class that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act that is admitted to trading on a national securities exchange or quoted on the automated quotation system of a registered securities association.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Senior Subordinated Convertible Note Indenture” means the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes, dated as of this Indenture, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.

“Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes” means the 3³/₄% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due July 15, 2012 of the Company.

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.

“SMD” means a current or former senior managing director (or employee who holds or held an equivalent title) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“SMD Loan” means a loan, made in the ordinary course of business, from the Company to an SMD in accordance with the practices of the Company as described in the offering circular relating to the Notes and the related Note Guarantees.

“Special Interest” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to Section 2(c) of the Registration Rights Agreement and paragraph 1 of the Notes.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of this Indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Stock Repurchase” means the repurchase by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in one or more transactions, of up to $100.0 million in the aggregate of shares of Common Stock on the

date of this Indenture in connection with the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes or otherwise through a collared accelerated stock buyback (“ASB”) transaction or open market purchases; provided that, in the case of any Stock Repurchase executed pursuant to an ASB transaction that is entered into prior to or on the date of this Indenture, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may pay a capped settlement amount not to exceed 10% of the volume-weighted average price per share paid by the counterparty to such ASB transaction during the applicable hedge period.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

“Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes and related Note Guarantees, the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes and the Stock Repurchase, in each case as described in the offering circular relating to the Notes and the related Note Guarantees.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2009; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2009, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used .

“Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.

“Trustee” means Wilmington Trust Company until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.


Term		Defined in Section
“Affiliate Transaction”		4.11
“Asset Sale Offer”		3.09
“Authentication Order”		2.02
“Change of Control Offer”		4.15
“Change of Control Payment”		4.15
“Change of Control Payment Date”		4.15
“Covenant Defeasance”		8.03
“DTC”		2.03
“Event of Default”		6.01
“Excess Proceeds”		4.10
“incur”		4.09
“Legal Defeasance”		8.02
“Offer Amount”		3.09
“Offer Period”		3.09


Term		Defined in Section
“Paying Agent”		2.03
“Permitted Debt”		4.09
“Payment Default”		6.01
“Purchase Date”		3.09
“Redemption Date”		3.07
“Registrar”		2.03
“Restricted Payments”		4.07

Section

1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section

1.04 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(6) the “date of this Indenture” or “date hereof” means the date of original issuance of the Initial Notes;

(7) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(8) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section

2.01 Form and Dating.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section

2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

hereof. Each Authentication Order will specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated and, in the case of Additional Notes, the issue price of such Notes.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section

2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section

2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may upon written request to a Paying Agent require such Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any amounts paid. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any amounts paid. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

(2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee;or

(3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default with respect to the Notes.

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(A) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

(B) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (i) above.

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications and certificates required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted

Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial

interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications and certificates required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest

for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications and certificates required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications and certificates required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

(1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and

(2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

(g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(1) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A)(1) TO A

PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.”

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF FTI CONSULTING, INC.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note, including fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a) hereof.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers.

The Company, in issuing the Notes, may use one or more “CUSIP” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use such CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption, repurchase or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of any CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. Any redemption, repurchase or exchange will not be affected by any defect in or the omission of such CUSIP numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change to the CUSIP numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2) the redemption date;

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

(4) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis except:

(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(2) if otherwise required by law.

In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof.

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the redemption price;

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, if not previously deposited, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid

principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2008, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 107.625% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of a sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests.

(b) At any time prior to June 15, 2009, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(c) Except as set forth in Sections 3.07(a) and 3.07(b) hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to June 15, 2009.

(d) On or after June 15, 2009, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:


Year	Percentage
2009	103.813	%
2010	101.906	%
2011 and thereafter	100.000	%

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

(f) The Company may acquire notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open-market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as any such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below.

The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased in accordance with Section 3.02 hereof, with a summary of those provisions; and

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company will pay all Special

Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain in the City of Wilmington, Delaware (or if not such location, in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York), an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the City of Wilmington, Delaware (or if not such location, in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York) for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03 Reports.

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants. In addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods.

If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.

(b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and all of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries at such time together constitute a Significant Subsidiary, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

(c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company and the Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

(c) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate

specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes.

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that each may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that each may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (10) and (11) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 2005 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property or assets (including, without limitation, that portion of any Permitted Business that is acquired through the issue of new shares of Common Stock) received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus

(C) the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of the return to capital with respect to any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this Indenture whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions or payments, and (2) to the extent that any such Restricted Investment is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any); plus

(D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the date of this Indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company merges into or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is the surviving entity), in each case after the date of this Indenture, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or merger or consolidation.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as

the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the sale within 30 days (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the contribution within 30 days of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence within 30 days of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current, future or former director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, management equity or employment agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $2.5 million in any twelve-month period; provided further that:

(a) the Company may carry over and make in subsequent calendar years, in addition to the $2.5 million amount permitted for such calendar year, the amount of such purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value permitted to be made, but not made, in any preceding calendar year, up to a maximum amount of $5.0 million in any calendar year; and

(b) the maximum amount in any calendar year may be increased by an aggregate amount not to exceed (x) an amount equal to the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and the Guarantors after the date of this Indenture to the extent the Company has not previously made Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5) in connection with the events that gave rise to the receipt of such key man life insurance proceeds, plus (y) the cash proceeds received by the Company during that calendar year from any reissuance of Equity Interests by the Company to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (z) the cash proceeds received by the Company in connection with the issuance or exercise of any management or employee Equity Interests so acquired;

(6) the repurchase of Equity Interests or the prepayment of principal deemed to occur upon:

(a) the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

(b) the withholding of a portion of the Equity Interests granted or awarded to a director, officer, employee or consultant to pay for the taxes payable by such Person upon such grant or award; or

(7) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Capital Stock of the Company representing fractional shares of such Capital Stock in connection with:

(a) a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other combination involving the Company;

(b) the exercise of stock options issued to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(8) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes with any Excess Proceeds that remain after the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have satisfied their obligations with respect to an Asset Sale Offer set forth under Section 4.10 hereof to the extent that such subordinated Indebtedness is required to be repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale, at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the outstanding principal amount (or accreted value, in the case of any debt issued at a discount from its principal amount at maturity) thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any;

(9) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after (but not before) completion of the offer to repurchase notes pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof (including the purchase of all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn), the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is subordinated in right of payment to the notes to the extent that such subordinated Indebtedness is required to be repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the outstanding principal amount (or accreted value, in the case of any debt issued at a discount from its principal amount at maturity) thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any;

(10) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof;

(11) payments made by the Company in connection with the consummation of the Transactions; or

(12) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million since the date of this Indenture.

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the

Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal, valuation or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $20.0 million

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements governing Credit Facilities;

(2) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes, in each case as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture;

(3) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

(4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(5) agreements or instruments governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof so long as either (a) the encumbrances and restrictions contained therein do not impair the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distributions or payments directly or indirectly to the Company in an amount sufficient to permit the Company to pay the principal of, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the notes, or (b) if the debt is incurred by the Company, the encumbrances and restrictions contained therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Notes and this Indenture;

(6) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(7) customary provisions in joint-venture agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(8) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof;

(9) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(10) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(11) Indebtedness that is secured by Liens that were permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(12) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(13) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(14) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred.

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.5 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $150.0 million less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture to repay any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof;

(2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

(3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes any Additional Notes) and the Exchange Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued in exchange therefor in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation, improvement or lease of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $5.0 million at any time outstanding;

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (9), (10) or (16) of this Section 4.09(b);

(6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(a) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

(b) (x) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (y) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations provided that such Hedging Obligations are entered into, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, to protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in the applicable rates and not for purposes of speculation;

(9) the incurrence by the Company of the Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150.0 million;

(10) the incurrence by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Acquired Debt that was outstanding on the date that such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, directly or indirectly, by the Company; provided that (a) such Restricted Subsidiary incurred such Indebtedness prior to the date that the Company directly or indirectly acquired such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition and (c) the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately following such acquisition and incurrence would be not less than the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition and incurrence;

(11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, “earn out,” stock-price guarantee or similar obligations, in each case, incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any Permitted Business, assets used or useful in a Permitted Business or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such Permitted Business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purposes of financing such acquisition; provided that, with respect to any such disposition, the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness will at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(12) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

(13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business or as required from time to time by law or state licensing or regulatory authorities;

(14) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

(15) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of unsecured Indebtedness evidenced by promissory notes that are subordinated in right of payment to the Notes issued to current, future or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or their respective spouses) in lieu of cash payments for Equity Interests being repurchased from such Person; and

(16) the incurrence by the Company or any of the Guarantors of additional Indebtedness, the issuance by any the Company of Disqualified Stock or the issuance by a Guarantor of Preferred Stock in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16), not to exceed $25.0 million.

The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a first or junior Lien basis.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (16) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

(B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion, within 90 days following the closing of such Asset Sale;

(D) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration that is received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (d) that is at that time outstanding, no greater than the greater of (i) 3% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration and (ii) $30.0 million (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this subclause (D) will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, and such determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal, valuation or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $20.0 million.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) to repay secured Indebtedness or Indebtedness and other Obligations under a Credit Facility or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(3) to make a capital expenditure;

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business or that replace the assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(5) to make any combination of the applications set forth in the immediately preceding clauses (1) through (4).

A binding contract to apply Net Proceeds in accordance with clauses (1) through (5) above will toll the 365-day period in respect of such Net Proceeds, provided that such binding contract shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Proceeds from the date of such binding contract until and only until the earlier of (x) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated and (y) the 180^th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period. If such acquisition or expenditure is not consummated on or before the 180^th day and the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) shall not have applied such Net Proceeds pursuant to clauses (1) through (5) above on or before such 180^th day, such binding contract shall be deemed not to have been a permitted application of the Net Proceeds.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this Section 4.10 and with respect to which an Asset Sale Offer has not been made will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, within five days thereof, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and, at the option of the Company (unless otherwise required by the terms thereof), all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, valuation, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

(b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof:

(1) any employment or other compensation arrangement or agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto;

(2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(4) payment of reasonable directors’ fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company and the payment of customary indemnification to directors and officers of FTI;

(5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

(6) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof and Permitted Investments (other than clause (15) of the definition thereof);

(7) the grant of stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards or similar rights to directors, officers, employees and consultants that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(8) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of, any agreement or instrument as in effect on the date of this Indenture or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement or instrument together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement or instrument as in effect on the date of this Indenture) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(9) contributions to the capital of Subsidiaries to the extent necessary to comply with laws or regulations mandating solvency or minimum capitalization; and

(10) any contribution to the capital of the Company.

Section 4.12 Liens.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured until such time as such other obligations (in respect of Indebtedness or otherwise) are no longer secured by a Lien.

Section 4.13 Business Activities.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

(1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer

desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is prior to the purchase date. Within ten days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the paying agent at the address specified in the notice of Change of Control Offer prior to the close of business on the third business day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date or, with respect to Holders of Notes who own beneficial interests in Notes in global form, otherwise comply with the Applicable Procedures in connection with the Change of Control Offer. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and

regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Sections 3.09 or 4.15 hereof, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.15.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and Section 3.09 hereof and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon consummation of the Change of Control, if the Company has entered into a definitive agreement with respect to the Change of Control that is in effect at the time of making the Change of Control Offer

Section 4.16 No Amendment to Subordination Provisions.

Without the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the Company will not amend, modify or alter the Senior Subordinated Convertible Note Indenture in any way to:

(1) increase the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes;

(2) increase the principal of, advance the final maturity date of or shorten the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes;

(3) alter the redemption provisions or the price or terms at which the Company is required to offer to purchase any Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes; or

(4) amend the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Convertible Note Indenture.

Section 4.17 Payments for Consent.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.18 Additional Note Guarantees.

(a) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture that is not designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, then the Company will cause that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary to execute a Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee within 10 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by that Domestic Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of that Domestic Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions); provided that any Domestic Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary.

(b) The Note Guarantee of any Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor will be released either with the consent of Holders of the Notes in accordance with Section 9.02 hereof or without the consent of Holders of the Notes in accordance with Section 10.05 hereof. The form of notation of Note Guarantee and the related form of supplemental indenture are attached hereto as Exhibit E and Exhibit F, respectively.

Section 4.19 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be

incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, if applicable; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(1) either:

(A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or

(B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; provided that if the Person is a partnership or limited liability company, then a corporation wholly owned by such Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia that does not and will not have any material assets or operations becomes a co-issuer of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, would either:

(A) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

(B) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio not less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, including any related financing transactions; and

(5) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, would comply with applicable regulatory requirements of the NASD, Inc., to the extent that the Company or such Person then has a subsidiary that is a registered broker-dealer.

In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties or assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

This Section 5.01 will not apply to:

(1) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or

(2) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Special Interest, if any, with respect to, the Notes;

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Sections 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 hereof;

(4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture other than the events described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above;

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more;

(6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments (other than judgments covered by insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy insurance companies) entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(7) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary (or combination of Note Guarantees of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable, invalid or for any reason not to be in full force and effect, or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or any Person acting on its or their behalf, denies or disaffirms its or their obligations under its Note Guarantee or Note Guarantees;

(8) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case,

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and

(9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Defaults (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or

constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

(1) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy as Trustee;

(3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Company, the Guarantors or such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. If a record date is fixed, the Trustee shall mail, by first class mail, to the Holders of the Notes of record a notice at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the payment date. Such notice shall state: (1) that a payment is being made pursuant to this Section 6.10, (2) the relevant Default and the circumstances giving rise to the collection of money pursuant to this Section 6.10, (3) the payment date and (4) the amount of such payment per $1,000 of Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the payment pursuant to this Section 6.10 is in respect of principal on the Notes, then such principal payment will be conducted in accordance with the redemption provisions set forth in Sections 3.02, 3.03, 3.04 and 3.06 hereof as if such payment were a redemption by the Company.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

(a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed, if any such listing should occur, in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

(b) The Trustee may, upon 30 days’ written notice to the Company, resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Special Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(7) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal or valuation firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that:

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the granting of liens and entering into of customary documentation relating to such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the

other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and

(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (a) have become due and payable or (b) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal or valuation firm, or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Company.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note that has been defeased and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or

publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company unless an applicable law designates another Person (for payment as a general creditor).

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of Notes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder;

(5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(6) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Circular dated July 28, 2005, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

(7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; or

(8) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a notation of Note Guarantee providing a Guarantee of the Notes.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

The consent of the Holders of the Notes will not be necessary to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It will be sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default (other than a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company and the Guarantors with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof);

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver which record date shall be at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Company shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date, if applicable.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10

NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 Guarantee.

(a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

(1) the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.18 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default exists; and

(2) either:

(a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if not such Guarantor) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or

(b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

Section 10.05 Releases.

such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture.

(b) Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee.

(c) Upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee.

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit described in clause (b) above (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Special Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control.

Section 12.02 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road

Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Facsimile No.: (410) 224-7868

Attn: General Counsel

With a copy to:

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

Times Square Tower

7 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Facsimile No.: (212) 326-2061

Attn: David J. Johnson

If to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Phone No.: (302) 636-6056

Fax No.: (302) 636-4143

Attn: Corporate Capital Markets

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Section 12.08 Governing Law.

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.10 Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

Section 12.11 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signatures on following page]

SIGNATURES

Dated as of August 2, 2005


FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	Executive V.P., CFO & Treasurer


FTI, LLC

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


FTI REPOSITORY SERVICES, LLC

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


LEXECON, LLC

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


TECHNOLOGY & FINANCIAL CONSULTING, INC.

By:		/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


TEKLICON, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI CAMBIO, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI IP, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

By:	/S/ JAMES J. MCGINLEY
	Name:	James J. McGinley
	Title:	Authorized Signer

EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

CUSIP/CINS

7⁵/₈% Senior Notes due 2013


No.		$

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

promises to pay to or registered assigns,

the principal sum of DOLLARS on June 15, 2013.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

Dated: , 20


FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:
		Name:
		Title:


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

By:
		Authorized Signatory

A-1

[Back of Note]

7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.625% per annum from , 20 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2(c) of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be , 20 . The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wilmington Trust Company, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

A-2

(4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 2, 2005 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to June 15, 2009. On or after June 15, 2009, the Company will have the option to redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:


Year	Percentage
2009	103.813	%
2010	101.906	%
2011 and thereafter	100.000	%

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to June 15, 2008, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture with the net cash proceeds of a sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company at a redemption price equal to 107.625% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any to the redemption date; provided that at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and that such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests.

(c) At any time prior to June 15, 2009, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

A-3

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

(9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

A-4

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees in case of a merger or consolidation; to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder; to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; to conform the text of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Circular dated July 28, 2005, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes; to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a notation of Note Guarantee providing a Guarantee of the Notes.

(12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Special Interest, if any, with respect to the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Sections 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company which default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vi) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary (or combination of Note Guarantees of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable, invalid or for any reason not to be in full force and effect, or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or any Person acting on its or their behalf denies or disaffirms its or their obligations under its Note Guarantee or Note Guarantees. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will

A-5

become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium or Special Interest, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

(13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

(15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 2, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

(18) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

A-6

(19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Attention: Investor Relations

A-7

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:


(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
(Insert assignee’s legal name)


(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)







(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)



and irrevocably appoint
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:



Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-8

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:


¨ Section 4.10		¨ Section 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

Date:



Your Signature:


(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)



Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-9

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE *

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:


Date of Exchange		Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note		Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note		Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase)		Signature of authorized officer of Trustee or Custodian

*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-10

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Attn:

Corporate Capital Markets


Re:		7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among FTI Consulting, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of

B-1

the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or

B-2

Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.



[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

Dated:

B-3

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a)

¨ a beneficial interest in the:

(i)

¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP ), or

(ii)

¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ), or

(iii)

¨ IAI Global Note (CUSIP ); or

(b)

¨ a Restricted Definitive Note.

After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a)

¨ a beneficial interest in the:

(i)

¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP ), or

(ii)

¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ), or

(iii)

¨ IAI Global Note (CUSIP ); or

(iv)

¨ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ); or

(b)

¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c)

¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Attn:

Corporate Capital Markets


Re:		7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013

(CUSIP )

, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is

C-1

being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨ 144A Global Note, ¨ Regulation S Global Note, ¨ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.



[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

Dated:

C-3

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Attn:

Corporate Capital Markets


Re:		7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013

In connection with our proposed purchase of $ aggregate principal amount of:

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(b) ¨ a Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

D-1

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.



[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

Dated:

D-2

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of August 2, 2005 (the “Indenture”) among FTI Consulting, Inc., (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.


[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

E-1

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of , 20 , among (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of FTI Consulting, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of August 2, 2005 providing for the issuance of 7⁵/₈% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

F-1

7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

F-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: , 20


[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:
		Name:
		Title:

[EXISTING GUARANTORS]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

By:
		Authorized Signatory

F-3

Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005

Exhibit 4.2

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

3¾% SENIOR SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE JULY 15, 2012

INDENTURE

Dated as of August 2, 2005

Wilmington Trust Company,

as Trustee

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*


*Trust Indenture* *Act Section*		*Indenture Section*
310(a)(1)		7.10
(a)(2)		7.10
(a)(3)		N.A.
(a)(4)		N.A.
(a)(5)		7.10
(b)		7.10
(c)		N.A.
311(a)		7.11
(b)		7.11
(c)		N.A.
312(a)		2.05
(b)		13.03
(c)		13.03
313(a)		7.06
(b)(1)		N.A.
(b)(2)		7.06; 7.07
(c)		7.06; 13.02
(d)		7.06
314(a)		4.03;13.02; 13.05
(b)		N.A.
(c)(1)		13.04
(c)(2)		13.04
(c)(3)		N.A.
(d)		N.A.
(e)		13.05
(f)		N.A.
315(a)		7.01
(b)		7.05, 13.02
(c)		7.01
(d)		7.01
(e)		6.11
316(a) (last sentence)		2.09
(a)(1)(A)		6.05
(a)(1)(B)		6.04
(a)(2)		N.A.
(b)		6.07
(c)		6.10, 9.06
317(a)(1)		6.08
(a)(2)		6.09
(b)		2.04
318(a)		13.01
(b)		N.A.
(c)		13.01

N.A. means not applicable.

*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		Page
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01	Definitions	1
Section 1.02	Other Definitions	11
Section 1.03	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	11
Section 1.04	Rules of Construction	12

ARTICLE 2.
THE NOTES

Section 2.01	Form and Dating	12
Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication	13
Section 2.03	Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent	13
Section 2.04	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	14
Section 2.05	Holder Lists	14
Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange	14
Section 2.07	Replacement Notes	24
Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes	24
Section 2.09	Treasury Notes	24
Section 2.10	Temporary Notes	24
Section 2.11	Cancellation	25
Section 2.12	Defaulted Interest	25
Section 2.13	CUSIP Numbers	25

ARTICLE 3.
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01	[Reserved.]	25
Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Purchased	25
Section 3.03	Notice of Payment	26
Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Payment	27
Section 3.05	Deposit of Purchase Price	27
Section 3.06	Notes Purchased In Part	27
Section 3.07	Optional Redemption	27
Section 3.08	Mandatory Redemption	27
Section 3.09	[Reserved.]	27

ARTICLE 4.
COVENANTS

Section 4.01	Payment of Notes	27
Section 4.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency	28
Section 4.03	Reports	28
Section 4.04	Compliance Certificate	28
Section 4.05	Taxes	29
Section 4.06	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	29
Section 4.07	[Reserved.]	29
Section 4.08	[Reserved.]	29
Section 4.09	[Reserved.]	29


Section 4.10	[Reserved.]	29
Section 4.11	Reservation of Common Stock	29
Section 4.12	Issuance of Shares	30
Section 4.13	Transfer Taxes	30
Section 4.14	Corporate Existence	30
Section 4.15	Offer to Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change	30
Section 4.16	No Layering of Debt	34
Section 4.17	[Reserved]	34
Section 4.18	Additional Note Guarantees	34

ARTICLE 5.
SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	35
Section 5.02	Successor Corporation Substituted	35

ARTICLE 6.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01	Events of Default	36
Section 6.02	Acceleration	37
Section 6.03	Other Remedies	38
Section 6.04	Waiver of Past Defaults	38
Section 6.05	Control by Majority	38
Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits	38
Section 6.07	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment or Effect Conversion	39
Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee	39
Section 6.09	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	39
Section 6.10	Priorities	40
Section 6.11	Undertaking for Costs	40

ARTICLE 7.
TRUSTEE

Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee	40
Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee	41
Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee	42
Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer	42
Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults	42
Section 7.06	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	42
Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity	43
Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee	43
Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	44
Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification	44
Section 7.11	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	45

ARTICLE 8.
CONVERSION

Section 8.01	Conversion Right and Conversion Rate	45
Section 8.02	Conversion Consideration	46
Section 8.03	Exercise of Conversion Right	47
Section 8.04	Fractions of Shares	49
Section 8.05	Adjustment of Conversion Rate	49
Section 8.06	Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate	56


Section 8.07	Notice of Certain Corporate Action	56
Section 8.08	Cancellation of Converted Notes	57
Section 8.09	Provision in Case of Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets	57
Section 8.10	Rights Issued in Respect of Common Stock	58
Section 8.11	Responsibility of Trustee and Conversion Agent for Conversion Provisions	58

ARTICLE 9.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	59
Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders of Notes	60
Section 9.03	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	61
Section 9.04	Revocation and Effect of Consents	61
Section 9.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	62
Section 9.06	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	62

ARTICLE 10.
SUBORDINATION OF NOTES

Section 10.01	Agreement to Subordinate	62
Section 10.02	Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy	63
Section 10.03	Default on Designated Senior Debt	63
Section 10.04	Acceleration of Notes	64
Section 10.05	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over	64
Section 10.06	Notice by Company	64
Section 10.07	Subrogation	65
Section 10.08	Relative Rights	65
Section 10.09	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company	65
Section 10.10	Distribution or Notice to Representative	66
Section 10.11	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent	66
Section 10.12	Authorization to Effect Subordination	66
Section 10.13	Amendments	66
Section 10.14	Payment and Distribution	66

ARTICLE 11.
NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01	Guarantee	67
Section 11.02	Subordination of Note Guarantees	68
Section 11.03	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	69
Section 11.04	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	69
Section 11.05	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	69
Section 11.06	Releases	70

ARTICLE 12.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01	Satisfaction and Discharge	71
Section 12.02	Application of Trust Money; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	71
Section 12.03	Repayment to the Company	72
Section 12.04	Reinstatement	72

ARTICLE 13.
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01	Trust Indenture Act Controls	73

iii


Section 13.02	Notices	73
Section 13.03	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	74
Section 13.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	74
Section 13.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	74
Section 13.06	Rules by Trustee and Agents	75
Section 13.07	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	75
Section 13.08	Governing Law	75
Section 13.09	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	75
Section 13.10	Successors	75
Section 13.11	Severability	75
Section 13.12	Counterpart Originals	75
Section 13.13	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	76

EXHIBITS


Exhibit A		FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B		FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C		FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D		FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE
Exhibit E		FORM OF REPURCHASE NOTICE
Exhibit F		FORM OF CONVERSION NOTICE
Exhibit G		FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION & RESTRICTED TRANSFER
Exhibit H		FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE FOR ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR(S)

INDENTURE dated as of August 2, 2005 among FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 3¾% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due July 15, 2012 (the “Notes”):

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section

1.01 Definitions.

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

“Additional Shares” means additional shares of Common Stock by which the Conversion Rate shall be increased for Notes surrendered for conversion pursuant an adjustment of the Conversion Rate upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change. The number of Additional Shares shall be determined based on the Effective Date of the Fundamental Change and the Stock Price in such Fundamental Change transaction, all in accordance with Section 8.05(e).

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that Beneficial Ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent, additional paying agent or Conversion Agent.

“Applicable Conversion Reference Period” means the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on the third Trading Day following the Conversion Date or, if the Company elects to pay cash to Holders of Notes in lieu of all or a portion of the Residual Value Shares, the third Trading Day after the Conversion Retraction Period ends.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficial Ownership” and “Beneficially Owns” have a corresponding meaning.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of the assets of, the issuing Person.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

“Closing Sale Price” means, with respect to the Common Stock, on any date, the last reported per share sale price (or, if no last sale price is reported, the average of the last bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on such date as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. securities exchange on which the Common Stock then is listed, or if the Common Stock is not listed on a U.S. national or regional exchange, as reported on NASDAQ, or if the Common Stock is not quoted on NASDAQ, as reported on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then traded. In the absence of such quotations, the Company’s Board of Directors will make a good faith determination of the Closing Sale Price.

“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, as it exists on the date of this Indenture, or to the extent such common stock is reclassified or otherwise ceases to exist, any class of Capital Stock of the Company that (1) is Voting Stock, (2) has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the issuer thereof and which is not subject to redemption by the issuer thereof and (3) is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act and admitted for trading on a national securities exchange or quoted on the automated quotation system of a registered securities association, if any.

“Company” means FTI Consulting, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or

(2) becomes a member of the Board of Directors of the Company subsequent to that date and was appointed, nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such appointment, nomination or election.

“Conversion Period” means the period from and including the eleventh Trading Day in a fiscal quarter up to, but not including, the eleventh Trading Day of the following fiscal quarter.

“Conversion Price” shall equal U.S. $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate (rounded to the nearest cent).

“Conversion Value” shall equal the product of (1) the applicable Conversion Rate and (2) the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days in the Applicable Conversion Reference Period.

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2003, by and among the Company, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, as guarantors, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and lender, and the other lenders party thereto, as amended from time to time, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

“Credit Facility” means that certain senior secured credit facility, as amended to date, provided pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

“Current Market Price” as of any date means:

(1) for the purpose of any computation under Section 8.05(a) (except for clauses (6) and (8) thereof), the average of the Closing Sale Prices for the five consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day prior to the earlier of the record date or the ex-dividend Trading Day for such distribution;

(2) for the purpose of any computation under Section 8.05(a)(6), the average of the Closing Sale Prices for the five consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day prior to the ex-dividend Trading Day for such distribution; and

(3) for the purpose of any computation under Section 8.05(a)(8), the average of the Closing Sale Prices for the five consecutive Trading Days beginning on the Trading Day next succeeding the date of the repurchase triggering the adjustment.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Daily Adjustment” for any given Trading Day shall equal a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the closing price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day plus the closing price of the portion of those shares of Capital Stock or similar Equity Interests so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock on such Trading Day; and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the product of 10 and the closing price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day.

“Daily Trading Share Amount” for each day in the Applicable Conversion Reference Period shall equal the greater of:

(1) zero; or

(2) a number of shares determined by the following formula:

(Closing Sale Price x Applicable Conversion Rate) – $1,000

20 x Closing Sale Price

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Senior Debt” means any and all indebtedness and related obligations outstanding under the Credit Facility and the Senior Notes.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any indebtedness of the Company.

“Effective Date” means the date on which a Fundamental Change transaction or a Public Acquirer Change of Control, as the case may be, becomes effective.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Fundamental Change” will be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Notes are originally issued that any of the following occurs:

(1) the Company’s Common Stock (or other common stock into which the Notes are convertible) is neither traded on the New York Stock Exchange or another U.S. national securities exchange nor quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market or another established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States;

(2) any Person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a “person” under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of transactions, of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock entitling the Person to exercise 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of the Company’s Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in elections of directors, other than an acquisition by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Company’s employee benefit plans;

(3) the Company merges or consolidates with or into any other person (other than a Subsidiary), another Person merges with or into the Company, or the Company conveys, sells, transfers or leases all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another Person, other than any transaction:

(a) that does not result in a reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock;

(b) pursuant to which the Holders of the Company’s Common Stock immediately prior to the transaction have the entitlement to exercise, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting power of all shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the continuing or surviving corporation immediately after the transaction; or

(c) which is effected solely to change the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation and results in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock solely into shares of common stock of the surviving entity; or

(4) at any time the Continuing Directors do not constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors (or, if applicable, a successor Person to the Company).

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

“Guarantors” means each of:

(2) any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with Sections 4.18(a) and 11.03 hereof,

and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with Sections 4.18(b) and 11.05 hereof.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Initial Notes” means the $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

“Initial Purchasers” means Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Banc of America Securities LLC.

“Interest Payment Date” means July 15 and January 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day.

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of Wilmington, Delaware (for so long as the Company maintains an office or agency in such location, or alternatively, in the City of New York, if at such time the Company maintains an office or agency in the City of New York) or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

“Market Capitalization” means the product of (1) the Current Market Price of the Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding on the date of the repurchase of Common Stock triggering the adjustment set forth in Section 8.05(a)(8) hereof immediately prior to such repurchase.

“Maturity” means, with respect to any Note, the date on which the principal of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at stated maturity or by declaration of acceleration, offer to repurchase pursuant to Section 4.15 or otherwise.

“NASDAQ” means The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

“NYSE” means The New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any indebtedness.

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

“Permitted Junior Securities” means any equity securities or subordinated securities of the Company or any successor obligor that, in the case of any such subordinated securities, are subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Debt or any securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt that may at the time be outstanding to at least the same extent as the Notes are so subordinated.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity; and such term includes any syndicate or group that would be deemed to be a “person” under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

“Public Acquirer Change of Control” means any event constituting a Fundamental Change that gives Holders the right to cause the Company to repurchase the notes pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof and the acquirer has a class of common stock traded on a U.S. national securities exchange or quoted on NASDAQ or another established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such Fundamental Change (the “Public Acquirer Common Stock”). If an acquirer does not itself have a class of common stock satisfying the foregoing requirement, it will be deemed to have “Public Acquirer Common Stock” if the acquirer is majority owned directly or indirectly by a corporation that has a class of common stock satisfying the foregoing requirement; in such case, all references to Public Acquirer Common Stock will refer to such class of common stock. For purposes of Public Acquirer Common Stock, “majority owned” means having Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of all shares of the respective entity’s Capital Stock that are entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Record Date Period” means the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date immediately preceding any Interest Payment Date to the opening of business on such Interest Payment Date.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

“Regular Record Date” for interest payable in respect of any Note on any Interest Payment Date means the July 1 or January 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“Residual Cash Value” for each date shall be the product of (1) the percentage of each Residual Value Share otherwise issuable upon conversion which the Company elects to pay in cash and (2) the cash value of the Daily Trading Share Amount for such date. The cash value of the Daily Trading Share Amount shall be determined by multiplying the Daily Trading Share Amount for such date by the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock for such date.

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Schedule TO” means Schedule TO under the Exchange Act, or any successor or similar schedule that may be promulgated thereunder.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Senior Debt” means (i) all indebtedness for money borrowed, for reimbursement of drawings under letters of credit and all hedging obligations (including, without limitation, all obligations now and hereafter existing under the Credit Facility (including principal, interest (including interest accruing after the filing of, or which would have accrued but for the filing of, a petition by or against the Company under applicable Bankruptcy Law, at the rate provided in the document with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is allowed as a claim after such filing in any proceeding under such law), fees and other amounts due in connection therewith) and the Senior Notes); and (ii) any deferrals, renewals, refinancings, replacements or extensions of any of the above; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt shall not include (i) any liability for federal, state, local or foreign or other taxes owed or owing by the Company (other than Obligations under the Credit Facility to gross-up payments to, or otherwise reimburse, the Lenders thereunder due to taxes), (ii) any indebtedness that by its terms expressly provides that it is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, (iii) any intercompany indebtedness of the Company to any of its Affiliates or (iv) any trade payables.

“Senior Debt Representative” means (i) with respect to the Credit Facility, the administrative agent for the Credit Facility, (ii) with respect to any other series of Senior Debt, the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for such Senior Debt or (iii) with respect to any Senior Debt that does not have any such trustee, agent or other representative, (A) in the case of such Senior Debt issued pursuant to an agreement providing for voting arrangements as among the holders or owners of such Senior Debt, any holder or owner of such Senior Debt acting with the consent of the required Persons necessary to bind such holders or owners of such Senior Debt and (B) in the case of all other such Senior Debt, the holder or owner of such Senior Debt; provided that the Trustee may require that any Person claiming to be a Senior Debt Representative furnish written certifications and other evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, that such Person is the owner, holder, or authorized representative, agent or attorney-in-fact with respect to such Senior Debt.

“Senior Notes” means the 8⁵/₈ % Senior Notes due 2013 of the Company.

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Special Interest” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to Section 7 of the Registration Rights Agreement and paragraph 1 of the Notes.

“Stock Price” means the price paid per share of Common Stock in the applicable Fundamental Change transaction; provided that (1) if holders of Common Stock receive only cash in such Fundamental Change transaction, the Stock Price will be the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock and (2) in any other Fundamental Change transaction, the Stock Price will be the average of the last Closing Sale Prices on each of the five consecutive Trading Days prior to but not including the Effective Date of such Fundamental Change.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

“Trading Day” means a day during which trading in securities generally occurs on the NYSE or, if the Common Stock is not then listed the NYSE or another United States national securities exchange nor quoted on NASDAQ or another established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then traded or quoted.

“Trading Price” means, with respect to the Notes, on any date of determination, the average of the secondary market bid quotations per Note obtained by the Conversion Agent for $5.0 million principal amount of the Notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from two independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company, which may include either of both of the Initial Purchasers; provided that if at least two such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Conversion Agent, but one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the Conversion Agent, this one bid will be used. If the Conversion Agent cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5.0 million principal amount of the Notes from a nationally recognized securities dealer or, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, the bid quotations are not indicative of the secondary market value of the Notes, then the trading price of the Notes will equal (a) the then-applicable Conversion Rate of the Notes multiplied by (b) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such determination date. Any such determination will be conclusive absent manifest error.

“Trustee” means Wilmington Trust Company until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.


Term		Defined in Section
“Authentication Order”		2.02
“Cash Settlement Notice Period”		8.02(b)
“Certificate of Conversion & Restricted Transfer”		8.03(e)
“Constituent Person”		8.09
“Conversion Agent”		2.03
“Conversion Date”		8.03(a)
“Conversion Notice”		8.03(a)
“Conversion Rate”		8.01(c)
“Conversion Retraction Period”		8.02(b)
“Distributed Asset”		8.05(a)(4)
“DTC”		2.03
“Event of Default”		6.01
“Expiration Date”		8.05(a)(7)
“Expiration Time”		8.05(a)(6)
“Fundamental Change Conversion Notice”		4.15
“Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”		4.15
“Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”		4.15
“Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”		4.15
“Non-Electing Share”		8.09
“Paying Agent”		2.03
“Payment Blockage Notice”		10.03(a)
“Registrar”		2.03
“Repurchase Premium”		8.05(a)(8)
“Residual Cash Value”		8.02(b)
“Residual Value Shares”		8.02(a)
“Spin-off”		8.05(a)(5)
“Trigger Event”		8.09

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1)

a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2)

an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3)

“or” is not exclusive;

(4)

words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5)

“will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(6)

the “date of this Indenture” or “date hereof” means the date of original issuance of the Initial Notes;

(7)

provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(8)

references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

ARTICLE 2.

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified thereon and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect transfers, exchanges, conversions and repurchases. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof or Article 8 hereof.

(c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes, including Additional Notes, in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, subject to the provisions of this Indenture. Each Authentication Order will specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated and, in the case of Additional Notes, the issue price of such Notes.

Section 2.03 Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent.

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”), and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for conversion pursuant to Article 8 hereof (“Conversion Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents or conversion agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Conversion Agent” includes any additional conversion agent. The Company may change any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as

Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent.

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(3) there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and if the holder of such beneficial interest delivers to the Registrar a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) or (2) thereof. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers in an Unrestricted Global Note described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

(2) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if:

(A) the transferor of such beneficial interest delivers to the Registrar both:

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; and either

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (C), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (2) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (2) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a

certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions, a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(B) the Registrar receives the following:

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A), (B), (C) or (D) above, the Restricted Global Note, and in all other cases, the Unrestricted Global Note.

(A) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(B) the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(A) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(B) the Registrar receives the following:

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(f) Shelf Registration. Upon the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

(1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes that are the subject of resales by Persons who are named as “selling shareholders” under the Shelf Registration Statement; and

(2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes that are the subject of resales by Persons who are named as “selling shareholders” under the Shelf Registration Statement.

(1) Private Placement Legend.

“THIS NOTE AND ANY COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

THIS NOTE AND ANY COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ACQUIRING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (3) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL

INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a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”

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(2), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange, transfer or conversion pursuant to Sections 2.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof and Article 8 hereof, if such transaction does not involve a registration of transfer in the name of a different Holder (other than the Company)).

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for conversion or repurchase in whole or in part, except the unconverted or unrepurchased portion of any Note being converted or repurchased in part.

(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a conversion date, repurchase date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers.

The Company, in issuing the Notes, may use one or more “CUSIP” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use such CUSIP number in notices of repurchase or conversion as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of any CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. Any repurchase or conversion will not be affected by any defect in or the omission of such CUSIP numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change to the CUSIP numbers.

ARTICLE 3.

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 [Reserved.]

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes are to be purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for purchase on a pro rata basis except:

(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(2) if otherwise required by law.

In the event of purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for purchase.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial purchase, the principal amount thereof to be purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for purchase.

Section 3.03 Notice of Payment.

In accordance with a payment of principal in accordance with Section 6.10 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a payment date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of payment to each Holder whose Notes are to be paid at its registered address, except that notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a payment date if the notice is issued in connection with a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 12 hereof.

The notice will identify the Notes to be paid and will state:

(1) the payment date;

(2) the payment price;

(3) if any Note is being paid in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be paid and that, after the payment date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unpaid portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for payment must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the payment price;

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, interest on Notes called for payment ceases to accrue on and after the payment date;

(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for payment are being redeemed; and

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of payment in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the payment date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Payment.

Once notice of payment is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for payment become irrevocably due and payable on the payment date at the payment price. A notice of payment may not be conditional.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Purchase Price.

One Business Day prior to the purchase date, if not previously deposited, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of and accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, on all Notes to be purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the purchase price of, and accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be purchased.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for purchase. If a Note is purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for purchase is not so paid upon surrender for purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Purchased In Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

The Company does not have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09 [Reserved.]

ARTICLE 4.

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on

the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company will pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain in the City of Wilmington, Delaware (or if not such location, in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York) an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03 Reports.

For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(c) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes.

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that each may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and the Guarantor (to the extent that each may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 [Reserved.]

Section

4.08 [Reserved.]

Section

4.09 [Reserved.]

Section

4.10 [Reserved.]

Section

4.11 Reservation of Common Stock.

The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock or shares held in treasury by the Company, for the purpose of

effecting the conversion of Notes, the full number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding Notes.

Section 4.12 Issuance of Shares.

All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion or repurchase of the Notes shall be newly issued shares or shares held in treasury by the Company, shall have been duly authorized and validly issued and shall be fully paid and non-assessable, and shall be free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim.

Section 4.13 Transfer Taxes.

(a) If a Holder of a repurchased Note is paid in shares of Common Stock, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on such issues of shares of Common Stock. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due because the Holder requests the shares of Common Stock to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. The Paying Agent may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Paying Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due because the shares of Common Stock are to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. Nothing contained herein shall preclude any income tax withholding required by law or regulations.

(b) If a Holder converts Notes for shares of Common Stock, the Company will pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue or shares of Common Stock upon the conversion. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax or duty that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the Note or Notes to be converted, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or duty, or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax or duty has been paid.

Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change.

(a) Subject to Section 4.15(e) hereof, upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change at any time prior to Maturity, each Holder may require the Company to repurchase the Notes no less than 20 days and no more than 35 days after the mailing of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”), and the Company shall repurchase on the Fundamental

Change Repurchase Date, any or all Notes submitted for repurchase for cash, or any portion of the initial principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the “Fundamental Change Payment”), unless such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, in which case the Company shall pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest payable on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record at the close of business on the corresponding Regular Record Date. At least 15 Trading Days prior to the expected effective date of a fundamental change, the Company will provide to all Holders of the Notes, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent a conversion right notice (the “Fundamental Change Conversion Right Notice”) stating:

(1) if applicable, whether the Company will elect to adjust the Conversion Rate and related conversion obligation pursuant to Section 8.05(e) hereof or issue Additional Shares upon conversion pursuant to Section 8.05(e) hereof; or

(2) whether the Company expects that Holders will have the right to require the Company to repurchase their Notes as described in this Section 4.15; and

(3) that the Holders of the Notes have the right to convert their Notes in accordance with Section 8.06 hereof.

(b) No later than 15 days following the date Effective Date of such Fundamental Change transaction (which Fundamental Change results in the Holders of Notes having the right to cause the Company to repurchase their Notes), the Company shall provide to all Holders of the Notes, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent a notice of the occurrence of the Fundamental Change and of the resulting repurchase right (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice”) stating:

(1) the events causing a Fundamental Change;

(2) if the Company has elected to adjust the Conversion Rate and related conversion obligation as described in Section 8.05 hereof pursuant to a Fundamental Change that falls under clause (2), (3) or (4) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Conversion Rate, any adjustments to the Conversion Rate and the details of the Public Acquirer Common Stock;

(3) the Effective Date;

(4) the last date on which a Holder may exercise such repurchase right;

(5) the Fundamental Change repurchase price;

(6) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;

(7) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent;

(8) that the Notes with respect to which the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice has been given by the Holder may be converted only if the holder withdraws the Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

(9) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes.

Simultaneously with providing such Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice, the Company will issue a press release and publish the information contained in such notice through a public medium customary for such press releases.

(c) A Holder may exercise its right specified in Section 4.15(a) upon delivery of a written notice of repurchase (a “Repurchase Notice”), substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, to the Paying Agent at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, stating:

(1) if certificated, the certificate numbers of the Notes which the Holder will deliver to be repurchased or the Applicable Procedures if Definitive Notes have not been issued;

(2) the portion of the principal amount of the Notes which the Holder will deliver to be repurchased, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and

(3) that such Notes are to be purchased by the Company as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Notes and in this Indenture.

If the Notes are not in certificated form, the Repurchase Notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures.

The delivery of such Notes (either through the surrender of Definitive Notes or through the delivery of beneficial interests in a Global Note in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) to the Paying Agent with, or at any time after delivery of, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice (together with all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Payment therefor; provided, however, that such Fundamental Change Payment shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 4.15 only if the Notes so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the related Repurchase Notice. Any repurchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.15 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly following the later of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of delivery of the Notes

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Fundamental Change Payment, the Notes will cease to be outstanding and interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for repurchase on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes is made or whether or not the Note is delivered to the Paying Agent) and all other rights of the Holders of the Notes to be repurchased pursuant to this Section 4.15 shall terminate (other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change Payment upon delivery or transfer of the Notes).

(d) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, including the filing of a Schedule TO if required, and will comply with the requirements of any other federal and state securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes by the Company as a result of a Fundamental Change. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such conflict.

(e) On the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Fundamental Change Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Fundamental Change Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Holders of the Notes will not have the right to require the Company to repurchase any Notes pursuant to the occurrence of any of the events identified in clauses (2), (3) or (4) of the definition of Fundamental Change (and the Company will not be required to deliver the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice incidental thereto), if either:

(1) the Closing Sale Price of the Company’s Common Stock for any five Trading Days within the period of 10 consecutive Trading Days ending immediately after the later of the Fundamental Change or the public announcement of the Fundamental Change, in the case of a Fundamental Change relating to an acquisition of Capital Stock under clause (2) of the definition of Fundamental Change, or the period of 10 consecutive Trading Days ending immediately before the Fundamental Change, in the case of a Fundamental Change relating to a merger, consolidation, asset sale or otherwise under clause (3) of the definition of Fundamental Change or a change in the Board of Directors under clause (4) of the definition of Fundamental Change, equals or exceeds 105% of the applicable Conversion Price of the Notes in effect on each of those five Trading Days; or

(2) at least 90% of the consideration paid for the Company’s Common Stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights) in a merger or consolidation or a conveyance, sale, transfer or lease otherwise constituting a Fundamental Change under clause (2) and/or clause (3) above consists of shares of common stock traded on the New York Stock Exchange or another U.S. national securities exchange or quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market or another established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States (or will be so traded or quoted immediately following the merger or consolidation) and, as a result of the merger or consolidation, the Notes become convertible into such shares of such common stock.

(g) Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Repurchase Notice specified in Section 4.15(c) hereof, the Holder of the Notes in respect of which such Repurchase Notice was given shall (unless such Repurchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in Section 4.15(h) hereof) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Fundamental Change Payment with respect to such Notes. Such Fundamental Change Payment shall be paid to such Holder, subject to receipts of cash by the Paying Agent, promptly following the later of (a) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (provided the conditions in Section 4.15(c) have been satisfied) and (b) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such Notes to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 4.15(c). Notes in respect of which a Repurchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted pursuant to Article 8 on or after the date of the

delivery of such Repurchase Notice unless such Repurchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn as specified in Section 4.15(h) hereof.

(h) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the Repurchase Notice contemplated by Section 4.15(c) hereof shall have the right to withdraw such Repurchase Notice, in whole or in part, by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, specifying:

(1) the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted;

(2) the certificate numbers of the Definitive Notes, if any, in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted; and

(3) the principal amount, if any, of such Notes which remain subject to the original Repurchase Notice and which have been or will be delivered for repurchase by the Company.

Section 4.16 No Layering of Debt.

The Company will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company and senior in right of payment to the Notes. No such indebtedness will be considered to be senior by virtue of being secured on a first or junior priority basis.

Section 4.17 [Reserved].

Section 4.18 Additional Note Guarantees.

(a) If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, then the Company will cause that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary to execute a Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee within 10 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by that Domestic Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of that Domestic Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions); provided that any Domestic Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary.

(b) The Note Guarantee of any Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor will be released either with the consent of Holders of the Notes in accordance with Section 9.02 hereof or without the consent of Holders of the Notes in accordance with Section 11.06 hereof. The form of notation of Note Guarantee and the related form of supplemental indenture are attached hereto as Exhibit D and Exhibit H, respectively.

ARTICLE 5.

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into any other Person in a transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or convey, transfer or lease the properties and assets of the Company and the Guarantors substantially as an entirety to any successor Person; unless:

(1) the successor Person, if any, is:

(A) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, or the District of Columbia, and

(B) such Person assumes the Company’s obligations on the Notes and under this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee; and

(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default will have occurred and be continuing.

This Section 5.01 will not apply to:

(1) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or

(2) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and the Guarantors.

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

ARTICLE 6.

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) the Company fails to pay principal or premium, if any, on any Note when due, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture;

(2) the Company fails to pay any interest, including Special Interest, if any, on any Note when due, if such failure continues for 30 days whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture;

(3) the Company fails to perform any other agreement required of the Company under this Indenture if such failure continues for 60 days after notice is given to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class;

(4) the Company fails to pay the purchase price of any Note when due (including, without limitation, the delivery of cash as a return of principal or premium, any cash in lieu of fractional shares, and any shares, as the case may be, upon conversion of Notes within the time period required by this Indenture);

(5) the Company fails to provide timely notice of a Fundamental Change, if required by this Indenture, if such failure continues for 30 days after notice to the Company of its failure to do so;

(6) any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or one of its Significant Subsidiaries (all or substantially all of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned, directly, or indirectly, by the Company) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of $25.0 million is not paid at final maturity or upon acceleration and such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not cured or rescinded, within 10 days after written notice as provided in this Indenture;

(7) failure by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to pay final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, the aggregate uninsured portion of which is at least $25.0 million, if the judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed within 30 days;

(8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary (or combination of Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable, invalid or for any reason not to be in full force and effect, or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or any Person acting on its or their behalf, denies or disaffirms its or their obligations under its Note Guarantee or Note Guarantees;

(9) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case,

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and

(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided that so long as any indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility is outstanding, such acceleration will not be effective until the earlier of (1) the acceleration of such indebtedness under an existing or future credit facility or (2) five Business Days after receipt by the Senior Debt Representative for such credit facility of written notice of such acceleration.

Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind and annul an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree based on acceleration and if all existing Defaults (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

(1) the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

(2) the conversion of any Note into shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of such Note and this Indenture; or

(3) compliance with any of the provisions of this Indenture that would require the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

(1) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy as Trustee;

(3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment or Effect Conversion.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates or the right to convert Notes in accordance with Article 8 of this Indenture, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

Section 6.10 Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

Third: to the Company, the Guarantors or such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. If a record date is fixed, the Trustee shall mail, by first class mail, to the Holders of the Notes of record, a notice at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the payment date. Such notice shall state: (1) that a payment is being made pursuant to this Section 6.10, (2) the relevant Default and the circumstances giving rise to the collection of money pursuant to this Section 6.10, (3) the payment date and (4) the amount of such payment per $1,000 of Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the payment pursuant to this Section 6.10 is in respect of principal on the Notes, then such principal payment will be conducted in accordance with the provisions set forth in Sections 3.02, 3.03, 3.04 and 3.06 hereof.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

ARTICLE 7.

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(9) or (10) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

ARTICLE 8.

CONVERSION

Section 8.01 Conversion Right and Conversion Rate.

(a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 8, at the option of the Holder thereof, any portion of the principal amount of any Note that is an integral multiple of $1,000 may be converted into cash and, under certain circumstances set forth in Section 8.02 hereof, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion. The Holders of the Notes may surrender Notes for conversion at the applicable Conversion Rate prior to the state Maturity under any of the following circumstances:

(1) prior to June 15, 2012, during any Conversion Period, if the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock for at least 20 Trading Days in the 30 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the first day of such Conversion Period is greater than 120% of the applicable Conversion Price on the first day of the Conversion Period (the “Sale Price Condition”);

(2) prior to June 15, 2012, during the five consecutive Business Day period following any five consecutive Trading Day period in which the Trading Price of a Note for each day of that trading period was less than 95% of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such corresponding Trading Day as multiplied by the applicable Conversion Rate (the “Trading Price Condition”);

(3) at any time on or after June 15, 2012; or

(4) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions set forth in Section 8.07 hereof.

(b) If any of the events described in clauses (2), (3) or (4) of the definition of Fundamental Change occurs, Holders may surrender any Notes for conversion during the period starting on the 15th day prior to the anticipated Effective Date of the applicable Fundamental Change and ending at the close of business on the 15th day after the actual Effective Date of such Fundamental Change transaction or, if such transaction results in Holders having a right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes, the second business day preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (as specified in the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice). In connection with such a Fundamental Change and in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof, the Company will send Holders a Fundamental Change Conversion Right Notice at least 15 Trading Days prior to the anticipated Effective Date of the Fundamental Change in which the Company will notify Holders that, among other things, they will have the right to convert the Notes. Upon such a conversion in connection with the events described in clauses (2), (3) or (4) of the definition of Fundamental Change, Holders will receive any increase in the conversion rate pursuant to Section 8.05(e) hereof if such conversion occurs within the time frames specified therein (subject to the right of the Company set forth in Section 8.05(f) hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Effective Date of the Fundamental Change identified in the Fundamental Change Conversion Right Notice does not occur within 20 days of the anticipated Effective Date specified in such notice, then the right of Holders to convert the Notes will terminate and, to the extent such Fundamental Change is expected to occur at a

later date, the Company again shall comply with the requirements of this Section 8.01(b) at such later date in connection with such Fundamental Change. If a Fundamental Change occurs, Holders may also have the right, at the option of the Holders, to require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the Notes in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof.

(c) In case any Holder of Notes exercises its right to require the Company to repurchase such Notes in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof, the conversion right in respect of the Note, or portion thereof so submitted, shall expire at the close of business on the last Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or such earlier date as the Notes are presented for purchase, unless the Company defaults in making the payment due upon repurchase, in which case such conversion right shall expire at the close of business on the date the default is cured and the Notes are purchased by the Company (in each case subject to any Applicable Procedures with respect to any Global Note). If any Holder has submitted Notes for repurchase upon a Fundamental Change in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof, such Notes submitted for repurchase may be converted only if such Holder withdraws the election for repurchase in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof.

(d) Notes converted into shares of Common Stock shall initially will be converted at a Conversion Price of $31.25 per share. The rate at which shares of Common Stock shall be delivered upon conversion (herein called the “Conversion Rate”) shall be initially 31.9980 shares of Common Stock for each U.S. $1,000 principal amount of Notes. The Conversion Rate will be adjusted under the circumstances provided in Section 8.05. All calculations under this Article shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be.

(e) The Conversion Agent shall determine whether the Sale Price Condition or the Trading Price Condition has been satisfied in accordance with Section 8.11(a).

Section 8.02 Conversion Consideration.

(a) Upon surrendering any Notes for conversion, the Holder of such Notes shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes:

(1) cash in the amount equal to the lesser of:

(A) the principal amount of each Note, or

(B) the Conversion Value; and

(2) to the extent the Conversion Value exceeds $1,000, a number of shares of Common Stock (the “Residual Value Shares”) equal to the sum of the Daily Trading Share Amounts for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days in the Applicable Conversion Reference Period; provided, however, that the Company shall pay cash in lieu of fractional shares otherwise issuable upon conversion of the Notes.

If a Holder receives Common Stock upon conversion of Notes, such Holder will also receive the associated rights under any stockholder rights plan that the Company may adopt, whether or not the rights have separated from the Common Stock at the time of conversion unless, prior to conversion, the rights have expired, terminated or been exchanged.

(b) The Company may elect to pay cash to Holders of Notes surrendered for conversion in lieu of all or a portion of the Residual Value Shares issuable upon conversion of such Notes. Upon such election, the Company shall provide notice to the relevant Holders and the Trustee stating the dollar

amount to be satisfied in cash (expressed as a percentage of each Residual Value Share that shall be paid in cash in lieu of Common Stock) at any time on or before the date that is three Business Days following receipt of any Holder’s Conversion Notice (the “Cash Settlement Notice Period”). If the Company timely elects to pay cash for any portion of the Residual Value Shares otherwise issuable to such Holder, such Holder may retract the Conversion Notice at any time during the two Business Day period immediately following the Cash Settlement Notice Period (the “Conversion Retraction Period”). If the Company does not make such an election, no retraction can be made (and a Conversion Notice shall be irrevocable). In addition, if the Company chooses to settle all or any portion of the Residual Value Shares in cash in connection with conversions within 20 days prior to the maturity date of the Notes, the Company shall send, on or prior to such maturity date, a single notice to the Trustee of the Residual Value Shares to be satisfied in cash.

The amount of cash payable in respect of each Residual Value Share otherwise issuable upon conversion shall equal the sum of the Residual Cash Value for such share calculated for each day of the applicable Conversion Reference Period.

(c) The Company will determine the Conversion Value, the Daily Trading Share Amount, the calculation of the excess of the Conversion Value over the principal amount and the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable to Holders upon conversion in satisfaction of such excess (assuming that the Company does not elect to pay such excess in cash in accordance with clause (b) above).

Section 8.03 Exercise of Conversion Right.

(a) In order to exercise the conversion right:

(1) the Holder of any Definitive Note to be converted must: (i) complete and manually sign a notice of conversion substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto (the “Conversion Notice”); (ii) deliver the Conversion Notice and the Definitive Note (and the Certificate of Conversion & Restricted Transfer, if applicable) to the Conversion Agent and the Company; and (iii) if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents; or

(2) the holder of beneficial interests in any Global Note to be converted must comply with the Applicable Procedures to cause the beneficial interests in such Global Note to be delivered to the Conversion Agent,

and in either case, the Holder of a Definitive Note or holder of beneficial interests in a Global Note will, if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes that the Company is not otherwise required to pay pursuant to Section 4.13(b) hereof and, if required pursuant to Section 8.03(b) hereof, pay funds equal to the interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date.

The date on which a Holder of a Definitive Note or holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note completes the requirements of this Section 8.03(a) shall be deemed to be the date of conversion (the “Conversion Date”) for purposes of this Article 8. On and after the Conversion Date, the conversion by such Holder or holder, as set forth in the Conversion Notice, shall become irrevocable.

(b) Each Definitive Note surrendered (in whole or in part), or beneficial interest in any Global Note surrendered to the Conversion Agent, for conversion during the Record Date Period shall be accompanied by payment in same-day funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of such Note (or part thereof, as the case may be) being surrendered for conversion; provided, however, that no such payment need be made in the case of any Note or portion thereof that is subject to repurchase following a

Fundamental Change on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date occurring during the Record Date Period (or if such interest payment date is not a Business Day, the second Business Day after the interest payment date) and, as a result, the right to convert such Note would otherwise terminate in such Record Date Period if not exercised. The interest so payable on such Interest Payment Date with respect to any Note (or portion thereof, if applicable) that is surrendered for conversion during the Record Date Period shall be paid to the Holder of such Note as of such Regular Record Date in an amount equal to the interest that would have been payable on such Note if such Note had been converted as of the close of business on such Interest Payment Date. Interest payable on any Interest Payment Date in respect of any Note surrendered for conversion on or after such Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Holder of such Note as of the Regular Record Date immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date, notwithstanding the exercise of the right of conversion. Except as provided in this Section 8.03(b), no cash payment or adjustment shall be made upon any conversion on account of any interest accrued from the Interest Payment Date next preceding the Conversion Date, in respect of any Note (or part thereof, as the case may be) surrendered for conversion, or on account of any dividends on the Common Stock issued upon conversion. The Company’s delivery to the Holder of the cash payment and the number of shares of Common Stock, if any (and cash in lieu of fractions thereof in accordance with Section 8.04 hereof), into which a Note is convertible will be deemed to satisfy all of the Company’s obligations to pay the principal of, and interest or premium, if any, on the Note. Accordingly, accrued but unpaid interest, if any, will be deemed to be paid in full rather than canceled, extinguished or forfeited. There will be no adjustment to the Conversion Rate or the Conversion Price to account for accrued interest.

(c) Notes shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to the close of business on the Conversion Date, and at such time the rights of the Holders of such Notes as Holders shall cease, and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the cash payment and shares of Common Stock, if any, payable and issuable upon conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the payee or payees of such payment and the record holder or holders of such Common Stock, if applicable, at such time. Following any Conversion Date, the Company shall satisfy its obligations with respect to such conversion by either:

(1) delivering to the Trustee, for delivery to the Holder (or such other Person as may be named in the relevant Conversion Notice), the cash payment, together with certificates representing the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, payable and issuable upon such conversion; or

(2) delivering to such Holder (or such other Person as may be named in the relevant Conversion Notice) the cash payment, together with such number of shares of Common Stock, if any, payable and issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the Applicable Procedures,

in each case, together with payment in lieu of any fractional shares, if any, as provided in Section 8.04 (such cash payment and delivery of shares, if any, the “Settlement”); provided that shares of Common Stock only will be deliverable in certificated form if (i) the Holder or holder that is exercising such conversion has specifically requested in writing that delivery be in certificates or (ii) the Company determines that delivery is required in certificated shares either because (A) delivery to the Holder (or such other Person named in the relevant Conversion Notice) is not practicable in accordance with the Applicable Procedures or (B) in the opinion of legal counsel, delivery is required in certificated form in order to comply with the requirements of applicable securities laws. Settlement shall occur promptly (but in no event more than three Business Days) following the termination of the Applicable Conversion Reference Period.

(d) In the case of any Note which is converted in part only, upon such conversion the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to

the unconverted portion of the principal amount of such Note. A Note may be converted in part, but only if the principal amount of such Note to be converted is any integral multiple of U.S. $1,000 and the principal amount of such security to remain outstanding after such conversion is equal to U.S. $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(e) If shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of a Restricted Note, or Notes to be issued upon conversion of a Restricted Note in part only, are to be registered in a name other than that of the Beneficial Owner of such Restricted Note, then such Holder must deliver to the Conversion Agent a certificate of conversion and restricted transfer in form and substance set forth in Exhibit G hereto (the “Certificate of Conversion & Restricted Transfer”), dated the date of surrender of such Restricted Note and signed by such Beneficial Owner, as to compliance with the restrictions on transfer applicable to such Restricted Note. The Certificate of Conversion & Restricted Transfer shall be required in addition to the Conversion Notice. None of the Trustee, any Conversion Agent, Registrar or transfer agent shall be required to register shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion or any unconverted Notes in the name of any Person other than that of the Holder or Beneficial Owner of the converted Restricted Note unless such Holder or Beneficial Owner has delivered a properly completed Certificate of Conversion & Restricted Transfer.

All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of Restricted Notes shall bear restrictive legends substantially in the form of the legends required to be set forth on the Restricted Notes pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof and shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in such legends. Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall have any responsibility for the inclusion or content of any such restrictive legends on such Common Stock.

Section 8.04 Fractions of Shares.

No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of any Note or Notes. If more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares which shall be issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof) so surrendered. The number of fractional shares to be paid, if any, will be determined by the Closing Sale Price on the applicable Trading Day. Instead of any fractional share of Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of any Note or Notes (or specified portions thereof), the Company shall calculate and pay a cash adjustment for the fractional amount (calculated to the nearest 1/100th of a share) based upon the applicable Stock Price.

Section 8.05 Adjustment of Conversion Rate.

(a) The Conversion Rate shall be subject to adjustment, without duplication, from time to time upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) Stock Dividends in Common Stock. In case the Company shall pay or make a dividend or other distribution on shares of Common Stock payable exclusively in shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution shall be increased by dividing such Conversion Rate by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination and the denominator shall be the sum of such number of shares and the total number of shares constituting such dividend or other distribution, such increase to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination. If, after any such date fixed for determination, any dividend or

distribution is not in fact paid, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Company’s Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Rate that would have been in effect if such determination date had not been fixed. For the purposes of this clause (1), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock. The Company will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company.

(2) Issuance of Rights or Warrants. In case the Company shall issue rights or warrants to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock entitling them for a period expiring within 60 days from the date of issuance of the rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants (other than any rights, options or warrants that (x) by their terms will also be issued to any Holder upon conversion of a Note into shares of Common Stock without any action required by the Company or any other Person or (y) are distributed to shareholders of the Company upon a merger or consolidation in compliance with Section 8.09 hereof), then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination shall be increased by dividing such Conversion Rate by a fraction:

(A) numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate of the offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription or purchase would purchase at such Current Market Price; and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination plus the number of shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription or purchase,

such increase to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination. If, after any such date fixed for determination, any such rights, options or warrants are not in fact issued, or are not exercised prior to the expiration thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date such rights, options or warrants expire, or the date the Company’s Board of Directors determines not to issue such rights, options or warrants, to the Conversion Rate that would have been in effect if the unexercised rights, options or warrants had never been granted or such determination date had not been fixed, as the case may be and as a result no additional shares are delivered or issued pursuant to such rights or warrants. For the purposes of this clause (2), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock. The Company will not issue any rights, options or warrants in respect of shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company.

(3) Stock Splits and Combinations. (i) In case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided or split into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision or split becomes effective shall be proportionately increased; (ii) in case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined or reclassified into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the

day following the day upon which such combination or reclassification becomes effective shall be proportionately reduced and (iii) in case the Company issues any shares of its Capital Stock in a reclassification of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such reclassification becomes effective shall be proportionately applied to the new class of shares of Capital Stock of the Company into which the Common Stock was reclassified; in each case, such increase, reduction or reclassification, as the case may be, to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the Business Day following the day upon which such subdivision, combination or reclassification becomes effective.

(4) Distribution of Indebtedness, Securities or Assets. In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock evidences of its indebtedness, securities, assets or certain rights to purchase the Company’s securities (provided, that if these rights are only exercisable upon the occurrence of specified triggering events, then the conversion rate will not be adjusted until the triggering events occur), but excluding (i) any dividends or distributions referred to in clause (1) of this Section 8.05(a), (ii) any rights or warrants referred to in clause (2) of this Section 8.05(a), (iii) any dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash described in clause (6), (7) or (8) of this Section 8.05(a) (the “Distributed Assets”), then the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the record date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock; and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the such Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on the date fixed for such determination less the Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, whose determination in good faith shall be conclusive and described in a Board Resolution filed with the Trustee, of the portion of those Distributed Assets applicable to one share of Common Stock, such adjustment to become effective immediately after the record date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution.

If after any such date fixed for determination, any such distribution is not in fact made, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date of the Company’s Board of Directors determines not to make such distribution, to the Conversion Rate that would have been in effect if such determination date had not been fixed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in cases where (i) the Fair Market Value per share of the Distributed Assets equals or exceeds the Current Market Price of the Common Stock, or (ii) the Current Market Price of the Common Stock exceeds the Fair Market Value per share of the Distributed Assets by less than $1.00, in lieu of the adjustment set forth in this Section 8.05(a)(4), Holders will have the right to receive upon conversion, in addition to shares of Common Stock, if any, the amount and type of Distributed Assets such Holders would have received upon conversion of such Holders’ Notes if they had been converted immediately prior to the record date.

(5) Spin-Offs. In case the Company shall distribute to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar Equity Interests, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit (a “Spin-off”), then the Conversion Rate shall be

adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the record date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by an adjustment factor equal to the sum of the Daily Adjustments for each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days beginning on the effective date of the Spin-off, such adjustment to become effective on the 10^th Trading Day from, and including, the effective date of the Spin-off.

(6) Cash Distributions. In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all or substantially all holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock distributions consisting exclusively of cash, then the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the date fixed for determination of the stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which shall be equal to the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on the date fixed for such determination; and

(B) the denominator of which shall be equal to the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on such date fixed for determination less the amount per share of such distribution, such adjustment to become effective immediately after the record date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in cases where (i) the per share amount of such distribution equals or exceeds the Current Market Price of the Common Stock, or (ii) the Current Market Price of the Common Stock exceeds the per share amount of such distribution by less than $1.00, in lieu of the adjustment set forth in this Section 8.05(a)(6), Holders will have the right to receive upon conversion, in addition to shares of Common Stock, if any, such distribution such Holders would have received upon conversion of such Holders’ Notes if they had been converted immediately prior to the record date.

(7) Tender or Exchange Offers. In case the Company or any Subsidiary shall make a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for any portion of the Common Stock, in which event, to the extent the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock exceeds the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer (the “Expiration Date”), as the case may be, then the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate immediately prior to close of business on the Expiration Date by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which shall be equal to the sum of (a) the Fair Market Value, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, of the aggregate consideration payable for all shares of Common Stock purchased by the Company in the tender or exchange offer and (b) the product of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding less any such purchased shares and (ii) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date; and

(B) the denominator of which shall be equal to the product of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, including any such purchased shares and (b) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date, such adjustment to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the second Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date.

(8) Repurchases. In case the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make a payment in respect of a repurchase of Common Stock the consideration for which exceeds the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days ending on the relevant repurchase date (such amount, the “Repurchase Premium”), and that repurchase, together with any other repurchases of Common Stock by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries involving a Repurchase Premium concluded within the preceding 12 months, results in the payment by the Company of an aggregate consideration exceeding an amount equal to 10% of the Market Capitalization of the Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate immediately prior to close of business on the date fixed for determination of the stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which shall be equal to the Current Market Price of the Common Stock; and

(B) the denominator of which shall be equal to (a) the Current Market Price of the Common Stock minus (b) the quotient of (i) the aggregate amount of all the Repurchase Premiums paid in connection with such repurchases and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the day next succeeding the date of the repurchase triggering the adjustment, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company;

provided, that no adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall be made to the extent the Conversion Rate is not increased as a result of the above calculation; and provided, further, that the repurchases of Common Stock effected by the Company or its agent in conformity with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will not be included in any adjustment to the Conversion Rate made pursuant to this Section 8.05(a)(8).

If a payment by the Company shall cause an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under both clause (7) and clause (8) of this Section 8.05(a), the provisions of Section 8.05(a)(8) shall control.

(b) No Adjustment. No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required:

(1) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Company’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan;

(2) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase such shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of, or assumed by, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(3) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (2) of this Section 8.05(b) and outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued;

(4) for a change in the par value of the Common Stock; or

(5) for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.05(a):

(A) the Company will not be required to make any adjustment to the Conversion Rate in connection with or as a result of the repurchases of its Common Stock executed in connection with the offering of the Notes as described in the Company’s Offering Circular, dated as of July 28, 2005 under the caption “Use of Proceeds”; and

(B) the Company will not be required to make any adjustment to the Conversion Rate or to the right of Holders of Notes to convert the Notes as a result of any transaction that otherwise would require adjustment pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 8.05 if the Holders of the Notes (including holders of beneficial interests therein) actually participate in such transaction on an equal and ratable basis.

(c) Increase in Conversion Rate due to Taxes. The Company may make such increases in the Conversion Rate, for the remaining term of the Notes or any shorter term, in addition to those required by clause (a) of this Section 8.05, as the Board of Directors of the Company considers to be advisable in order to avoid or diminish any income tax to any holders of shares of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock or issuance of rights or warrants to purchase or subscribe for stock or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes. The Company shall have the power to resolve any ambiguity or correct any error in this clause (d) and its actions in so doing shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive.

(d) Temporary Increase in Conversion Rate. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time if the period is at least twenty (20) days, the increase is irrevocable during such period, and the Company’s Board of Directors shall have made a determination that such increase would be in the best interests of the Company, which determination shall be conclusive; provided, however, that no such increase shall be taken into account for purposes of determining whether the closing price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds 105% of the Conversion Price in connection with an event which would otherwise be a Fundamental Change. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall give notice of the increase to the Holders in the manner provided in Section 13.02, with a copy to the Trustee and Conversion Agent, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, and such notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect.

(e) Fundamental Change Make-Whole Adjustment. In case of a Fundamental Change, solely upon receipt by the Conversion Agent of any Holder’s Conversion Notice on or subsequent to the Effective Date of such Fundamental Change and prior to the 45^th day following such Effective Date (or, if earlier and to the extent applicable, the close of business on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (as specified in the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice)), the Company shall increase the Conversion Rate for the Notes surrendered for conversion by such Holder by the number of Additional Shares determined in accordance with this Section 8.05(e); provided, however that no increase shall be made in the case of a Fundamental Change if at least 90% of the consideration paid for the Common Stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights) in such Fundamental Change transaction consists of shares of Capital Stock traded on NYSE or another U.S. national securities exchange or quoted on NASDAQ or another established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States (or that will be so traded or quoted immediately following the transaction) and as a result of such transaction or transactions the Notes become convertible solely into such common stock.

The following table sets forth the hypothetical increase in the Conversion Rate, expressed as a number of Additional Shares issuable per $1,000 initial principal amount of Notes as a result of a Fundamental Change that occurs in the corresponding period:


Fundamental Change	Stock Price
Effective Date	$24.04	$27.50	$30.00	$32.50	$35.00	$40.00	$45.00	$50.00	$55.00	$60.00	$80.00	$100.00	$120.00
August 2, 2005	9.60	7.71	6.73	5.98	5.38	4.49	3.86	3.38	3.01	2.70	1.88	1.39	1.07
July 15, 2006	9.15	7.19	6.21	5.47	4.89	4.05	3.47	3.04	2.70	2.42	1.69	1.26	0.97
July 15, 2007	8.74	6.67	5.66	4.92	4.35	3.56	3.03	2.65	2.35	2.11	1.48	1.10	0.85
July 15, 2008	8.36	6.12	5.06	4.30	3.75	3.01	2.54	2.21	1.97	1.77	1.24	0.93	0.72
July 15, 2009	8.08	5.55	4.40	3.62	3.07	2.39	2.00	1.74	1.54	1.39	0.98	0.74	0.57
July 15, 2010	7.94	4.95	3.65	2.82	2.28	1.69	1.39	1.21	1.07	0.97	0.69	0.52	0.40
July 15, 2011	7.81	4.39	2.78	1.83	1.31	0.87	0.71	0.63	0.56	0.51	0.36	0.27	0.22
July 15, 2012	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00

The Stock Prices and Additional Share amounts set forth above are based upon a Closing Sale Price of $24.04 on July 28, 2005 and an initial Conversion Price of $31.25. The Stock Prices set forth in the first row of the table above shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Conversion Rate of the Notes is adjusted in accordance with Section 8.05 hereof. The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Conversion Rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted. The number of Additional Shares shall be adjusted in the same manner and for the same events as the Conversion Rate as set forth in Section 8.05 hereof.

The exact Stock Price and Conversion Dates may not be set forth on the table; in which case, if the Stock Price is:

(A) between two Stock Price amounts on the table or the Conversion Date is between two dates on the table, the number of Additional Shares will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower stock price amounts and the two dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year;

(B) more than $120.00 per share (subject to adjustment), no Additional Shares will be issued upon conversion; and

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Note exceed 41.5973 per $1,000 initial principal amount of the Notes, after giving effect to the make whole adjustment and any related increase in the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 8.05(e), subject to anti-dilution adjustments set forth in Section 8.05(a) hereof.

(f) Public Acquirer Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8.05, in the case of a Public Acquirer Change of Control, the Company may, in lieu of permitting a repurchase at the Holder’s option or adjusting the Conversion Rate as described in Section 8.05(e) hereof, elect to adjust the Conversion Rate and the related conversion obligation such that from and after the Effective Date of such Public Acquirer Change of Control, Holders of the Notes will be entitled to convert their Notes into a number of shares of Public Acquirer Common Stock by adjusting the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before the Public Acquirer Change of Control by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which will be (a) in the case of a share exchange, consolidation, merger or binding share exchange, pursuant to which the Common Stock is converted into cash, securities or other property, the Fair Market Value of all cash and

any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company) paid or payable per share of Common Stock or (b) in the case of any other Public Acquirer Change of Control, the average of the last reported sale price of the Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days prior to but excluding the Effective Date of such Public Acquirer Change of Control, and

(B) the denominator of which will be the average of the last reported sale prices of the Public Acquirer Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days prior to but excluding the Effective Date of such Public Acquirer Change of Control.

If the Company elects to adjust the Conversion Rate and conversion obligation as described in this Section 8.05(f), the Company shall send a Fundamental Change Conversion Right Notice to the Holders of Notes at least 15 Trading Days prior to the expected Effective Date of the Fundamental Change that is also a Public Acquirer Change of Control, in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof. If the Company elects to adjust the Conversion Rate and conversion obligation in connection with a Public Acquirer Change of Control, Holder of the Notes shall not have the right to receive Additional Shares pursuant to Section 8.05(e) or to require the Company to repurchase such Notes in connection with the Fundamental Change that is also a Public Acquirer Change of Control.

Section 8.06 Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate.

Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof:

(a) The Company shall compute the adjusted Conversion Rate in accordance with Section 8.05 hereof and shall prepare an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (1) the adjusted Conversion Rate, (2) the clause of Section 8.05 pursuant to which such adjustment has been made, showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based, (3) the calculation of such adjustment and (4) the date as of which such adjustment is effective, and such certificate shall promptly be filed with the Trustee and with each Conversion Agent; and

(b) upon each such adjustment, a notice stating that the Conversion Rate has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate shall be required, and as soon as practicable after it is required, such notice shall be provided by the Company to all Holders in accordance with Section 13.02. Moreover, upon any determination by the Company, the Conversion Agent or the Trustee that Holders of the Notes are or will be entitled to convert the Notes in accordance with this Section 8.01, the Company will issue a press release and publish the information on its website.

Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be under any duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate or the information and calculations contained therein, except to exhibit the same to any Holder of Notes desiring inspection thereof at its office during normal business hours.

Section 8.07 Notice of Certain Corporate Action.

In case the Company shall:

(a) distribute to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock certain rights or warrants entitling them to purchase, for a period expiring within 60 days of the declaration date for such distribution, Common Stock at less than the Current Market Price of the Common Stock; or

(b) distribute to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock the Company’s assets, debt securities or certain rights or warrants to purchase the Company’s securities, which distribution has a per

share value exceeding 10% of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the day preceding the declaration date for such distribution;

then the Company shall deliver written notice to the Conversion Agent, and shall deliver or cause its Agents to deliver, to all Holders in accordance with Section 13.02, at least 20 days prior to the ex-dividend date for such distribution, a notice of such distribution. At such time notice is given pursuant to this Section 8.06, Holders of Notes that are not otherwise convertible at that time may surrender their Notes for conversion at any time until the earlier of (1) the close of business on the Business Day prior to the ex-dividend date or (2) the Company’s announcement that such distribution will not take place. Holders of Notes may not exercise this right of conversion if they participate in the distribution without conversion.

At any time that the Trustee is not also the Conversion Agent, the Company shall forthwith deliver a copy of any notice required pursuant to this Section 8.06 to the Trustee.

Section 8.08 Cancellation of Converted Notes.

All Definitive Notes delivered for conversion shall be delivered to the Trustee or its agent to be canceled by or at the direction of the Trustee, which shall dispose of the same as provided in Section 2.11. Upon conversions of beneficial interests in any Global Note, the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, shall reduce the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented by such Global Note to reflect the conversion pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

Section 8.09 Provision in Case of Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets.

Subject to the Section 8.05(f) hereof, in the case of any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other Person, any merger of another Person with or into the Company (other than a merger that does not result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company) or any conveyance, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Person formed by such consolidation or resulting from such merger or which acquires such assets, as the case may be, shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing that the Holder of each Note then outstanding shall have the right thereafter, during the period such Note shall be convertible as specified in Section 8.01, to convert such Note only into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, conveyance, sale or transfer by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which such Note might have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, sale or transfer. The above provisions of this Section 8.09 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers, conveyances, sales, transfers or leases. Notice of the execution of such a supplemental indenture shall be given by the Company to the Holder of each Note as provided in Section 13.02 promptly upon such execution.

Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any such supplemental indenture relating either to the kind or amount of shares of stock or other securities or property or cash receivable by Holders of Notes upon the conversion of their Notes after any such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale or lease or to any such adjustment, but may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel with respect thereto, which the Company shall cause to be furnished to the Trustee upon request.

Section 8.10 Rights Issued in Respect of Common Stock.

Rights or warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“Trigger Event”):

(1) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock;

(2) are not exercisable; and

(3) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock,

shall not be deemed distributed for purposes of Section 8.05(a)(2) or (4) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event. In addition, in the event of any distribution of rights or warrants, or any Trigger Event with respect thereto, that shall have resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under Section 8.05(a)(2) or (4), (A) in the case of any such rights or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder of Common Stock with respect to such rights or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase, and (B) in the case of any such rights or warrants all of which shall have expired without exercise by any holder thereof, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted as if such issuance had not occurred.

Section 8.11 Responsibility of Trustee and Conversion Agent for Conversion Provisions.

(a) The Conversion Agent will, upon the written request of the Company, determine if the Notes are convertible as a result of satisfaction of the Sale Price Condition and notify the Company and the Trustee. The Conversion Agent will, on behalf of the Company, determine if the Notes are convertible as a result of satisfaction of the Trading Price Condition and notify the Company and the Trustee, which determination shall be confirmed by the Company to the Conversion Agent; provided, however, that the Conversion Agent will have no obligation to determine the Trading Price of the Notes unless the Company shall have requested such determination in writing and the Company shall have no obligation to make such request unless requested to do so by a Holder of the Notes. At such time, the Company will instruct the Conversion Agent to determine the Trading Price of the Notes beginning on the next Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day until the Trading Price of the Notes is greater than or equal to 95% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock multiplied by the applicable Conversion Rate.

(b) The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, and any Conversion Agent, subject to clause (a) above, shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Notes to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same, or whether a supplemental indenture need be entered into. Neither the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, nor any Conversion Agent shall be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any Common Stock, or of any other securities or property or cash, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Note; and it or they do not make any representation with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, nor shall any Conversion Agent be responsible for any failure of the Company to make or calculate any cash

payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or share certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of conversion; and the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, and any Conversion Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in this Article 8.

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder;

(5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; or

(8) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a notation of Note Guarantee providing a Guarantee of the Notes.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 4.15 hereof), the Notes and the Note Guarantee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default (other than a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantee may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantor in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

(1) change the stated Maturity of the principal of, or interest on, any Note;

(2) reduce the principal amount of, or any premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note;

(3) reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the Maturity of any Note;

(4) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or any premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note;

(5) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, any Note;

(6) modify the subordination provisions of the Notes in a manner adverse to Holders;

(7) modify the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof in a manner adverse to Holders;

(8) adversely affect the right of Holders to convert Notes other than as provided in this Indenture;

(9) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes required for modification or amendment of this Indenture;

(10) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain Defaults;

(11) reduce the percentage required for the adoption of a resolution or for a quorum required at any meeting of Holders of Notes at which a resolution is adopted; or

(12) modify Section 6.04 or Section 6.07 or any of the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions, except to increase the percentage required for modification or waiver or to provide for consent of each affected Holder of Notes.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10.

SUBORDINATION OF NOTES

Section 10.01 Agreement to Subordinate.

The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Obligations evidenced by, and all payments or distributions on or with respect to (including, without limitation, the payment of principal, premium, interest and Special Interest, if any, but excluding those arising under Section 7.07 hereof) the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt (whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt and shall constitute a continuing agreement with all Persons who become holders of Senior Debt.

Each Holder of Notes, by accepting a Note or a Note Guarantee, acknowledges and agrees that the subordination provisions set forth in this Article 10 are, and are intended to be, an inducement and consideration to of Senior Debt, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes or the Note Guarantees, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt, and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on the subordination provisions set forth in this Article 10 in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.

Section 10.02 Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, in an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of the Company’s assets and liabilities:

(1) holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash (or in other forms of consideration, if permitted by the applicable Senior Debt Representative) of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the trust described in Section 12.02 hereof); and

(2) until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt (as provided in clause (1) above) are paid in full in cash (or in other forms of consideration, if permitted by the applicable Senior Debt Representative), any distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article 10 will be made to holders of Senior Debt (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the trust described in Section 12.02 hereof), as their interests may appear.

Section 10.03 Default on Designated Senior Debt.

(a) The Company may not make any payment or distribution to the Trustee or any Holder in respect of Obligations with respect to the Notes and may not acquire from the Trustee or any Holder any Notes for cash or property (other than Permitted Junior Securities) until all principal and other Obligations with respect to the Senior Debt have been paid in full in cash (or in other forms of consideration, if permitted by the applicable Senior Debt Representative) if:

(1) a default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, or any other Obligations in respect of, Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing;

(2) any other default occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt and as a result the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated and has not been subsequently rescinded; or

(3) any other default (other than as specified in clauses (1) and (2) above) occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of that series of Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity, and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the holders of such Designated Senior Debt (which may be communicated to the Trustee by the Company).

If the Trustee receives any such Payment Blockage Notice, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice will be effective for purposes of this Section unless and until at least 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee may be, or may be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days.

(b) The Company may and will resume payments on and distributions in respect of the Notes and may acquire them upon the earlier of:

(1) in the case of a default pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of Section 10.03(a) above, upon the date upon which all amounts of such Designated Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or such default is cured, waived in writing by the Person that issued the Payment Blockage Notice or ceases to exist and any acceleration has been rescinded; and

(2) in the case of a default pursuant to clause (3) of Section 10.03(a) above, upon the earliest of (A) 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, (B) the date on which such non-payment default is terminated by the written notice of the Designated Senior Debt that issued the Payment Blockage Notice, (C) the date upon which all amounts of such Designated Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or (D) the date on which such default is cured, waived in writing by the Person that issued the Payment Blockage Notice or ceases to exist and any acceleration has been rescinded, in each case unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated,

if this Article 10 otherwise permits the payment, distribution or acquisition at the time of such payment or acquisition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will be permitted to make payment on the Notes if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Senior Debt Representative of the Designated Senior Debt with respect to which the payment default has accrued and is continuing.

Section 10.04 Acceleration of Notes.

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company will promptly notify holders of Senior Debt of the acceleration.

Section 10.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.

In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes (other than Permitted Junior Securities) at a time when the Trustee or such Holder, as applicable, has actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited by this Section 10, such payment will be held by the Trustee or such Holder, in trust for the benefit of, and will be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to, the holders of Senior Debt as their interests may appear or their Senior Debt Representative, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full in cash in accordance with their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt.

With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform only those obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set forth in this Article 10, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt will be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee will not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt, and will not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee pays over or distributes to or on behalf of Holders or the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt are then entitled by virtue of this Article 10, except if such payment is made as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee.

Section 10.06 Notice by Company.

The Company will promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10, but failure to give such notice will not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt as provided in this Article 10.

Section 10.07 Subrogation.

After all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of Notes will be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other indebtedness pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on the Notes.

Section 10.08 Relative Rights.

This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and holders of Senior Debt. Nothing in this Indenture will:

(1) impair, as between the Company and Holders of Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, premium and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes in accordance with their terms;

(2) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or

(3) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Notes from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to Holders of Notes.

If the Company fails because of this Article 10 to pay principal of, premium or interest or Special Interest, if any, on a Note on the due date, the failure is still a Default.

Section 10.09 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.

(a) No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes may be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or any Holder or by the failure of the Company or any Holder to comply with this Indenture.

(b) Subject to the other provisions of this Indenture, the holders of the Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Holders, and without impairing or releasing the subordination provisions set forth in this Article 10, or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following:

(1) change in the manner, place, or terms of payment, or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which the Senior Debt is outstanding or secured;

(2) sell, exchange, release, or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged, or otherwise securing the Senior Debt;

(3) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of Senior Debt; and

(4) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, any Guarantor or any other Person;

provided, however, that this Section 10.09(b) shall not in any way permit the Company or any Guarantor to take any action otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.

Section 10.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative.

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Senior Debt Representative.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes will be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any certificate of such Senior Debt Representative or of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10.

Section 10.11 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee will not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee has received at its Corporate Trust Office at least three Business Days prior to the date of such payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10. Only the Company or a Senior Debt Representative may give the notice. Nothing in this Article 10 will impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

Section 10.12 Authorization to Effect Subordination.

Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article 10, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the Senior Debt Representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 10.13 Amendments.

The provisions of this Article 10 may not be amended or modified without the written consent of the holders of all Senior Debt.

Section 10.14 Payment and Distribution.

For purposes of this Article 10, the term “payment” and/or “distribution” means any payment or distribution (whether direct or indirect, whether in cash, property, securities, or otherwise, and whether obtained or distributed by set-off, liquidation, bankruptcy distribution, settlement, or otherwise) made by any Person (including, without limitation, any payments or distributions made by any court or

governmental body or agency, any trustee in bankruptcy, or any liquidating trustee) with respect to any Note or any Note Guarantees or otherwise under this Indenture, including, without limitation, payment of principal of, or premium or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or any payments under or with respect to any Note Guarantees, any depositing of funds with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (including, without limitation, a deposit in respect of defeasance or redemption, any payment on account of any optional or mandatory redemptions or repurchase provisions, any payment or recovery on any claim under this Indenture, any Note, any Note Guarantees, or relating to or arising out of the offer, sale, or purchase of any Note (whether for rescission or damages and whether based on contract, tort, duty imposed by law, or any other theory of liability), but excluding those arising under Section 7.07 hereunder); provided that, for the purposes of this Article 10, all Obligations now or hereafter existing under any Senior Debt (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement, any hedging obligations or agreements with respect to the issuance of letters of credit) shall not be deemed to have been paid in full in cash unless:

(1) the holders of such Senior Debt shall have received payment in full in cash of all principal, interest and other Obligations then outstanding and unpaid in respect of such Senior Debt (other than any Obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made at such time);

(2) all commitments to extend credit in respect of such Senior Debt have expired or been terminated; and

(3) all letters of credit issued under such Senior Debt, if any, have been discharged or cash collateralized at the lesser of the amount specified in such document and 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount.

ARTICLE 11.

NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01 Guarantee.

(a) Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

(1) the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantor, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

Section 11.02 Subordination of Note Guarantees.

The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 will be junior and subordinated to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders will have the right to receive and/or retain payments by any of the Guarantors only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article 10 hereof.

Each Holder of Notes, by accepting a Note or a Note Guarantee, acknowledges and agrees that the subordination provisions set forth in Article 10 are, and are intended to be, an inducement and consideration to each holder of Senior Debt, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes or the Note Guarantees, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt, and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on the subordination provisions set forth in this Article 10 in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.

The provisions of this Section 11.02, insofar as they relate to the subordination of the Note Guarantees to Senior Debt of the Company, may not be amended or modified without the written consent of the holders of all Senior Debt.

The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 will be pari passu in right of payment with any future senior subordinated indebtedness of such Guarantor and

senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness that is designated as such by the Company or otherwise contractually subordinated to the Notes.

Section 11.03 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Section 11.04 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

In the event that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.18 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof and this Article 11, to the extent applicable.

Section 11.05 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.06 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

(1) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if not such Guarantor) is a corporation or limited liability company organized under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default exists; and

(3) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if not such Guarantor) unconditionally assumes all of such Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

Except as set forth in Article 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clause (3) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

Section 11.06 Releases.

(a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture.

(b) Upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 12 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee.

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.06 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.

ARTICLE 12.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(1) either:

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of Maturity;

(2) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit described in clause (1)(b) above (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (1)(b) of this Section 12.01, the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 12.04 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to the provisions of Section 12.04 hereof, all money and Government Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Special Interest, if any) and interest for whose

payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 12 to the contrary, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 12.01 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance.

Section 12.03 Repayment to the Company.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 12.04 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations,

the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 13.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control.

Section 13.02 Notices.

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road

Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Facsimile No.: (410) 224-7868

Attn: General Counsel

With a copy to:

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

Times Square Tower

7 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Facsimile No.: (212) 326-2061

Attn: David J. Johnson

If to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Phone No.: (302) 636-6056

Fax No.: (302) 636-4143

Attn: Corporate Capital Markets

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section

13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Section 13.08 Governing Law.

Section 13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

Section 13.10 Successors.

Section 13.11 Severability.

Section 13.12 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

[Signatures on following page]

SIGNATURES

Dated as of August 2, 2005


FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	Executive V.P., CFO & Treasurer

FTI, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI REPOSITORY SERVICES, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

LEXECON, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

TECHNOLOGY & FINANCIAL CONSULTING, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

TEKLICON, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


FTI CAMBIO, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI IP, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

By:	/S/ JAMES J. MCGINLEY
	Name:	James J. McGinley
	Title:	Authorized Signer

[Face of Note]

CUSIP/CINS

3¾% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due July 15, 2012


No.		$

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

promises to pay to ___________________________________________________________________

or registered assigns,

the principal sum of ___________________________________________________________________

Dollars on July 15, 2012.

Interest Payment Dates: July 15 and January 15

Record Dates: July 1 and January 1

Dated: , 20


FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:
		Name:
		Title:


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee

By:
		Authorized Signatory

[Back of Note]

3¾% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due July 15, 2012

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 3.750% per annum from _______, 20__ (subject to limited exceptions if the Note is converted or purchased prior to such date) until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 7 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on July 15 and January 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be ________, 20__. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal from time to time on demand at the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the July 1 or January 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which each hold an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 and have provided wire transfer instructions at least 10 Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND CONVERSION AGENT. Initially, Wilmington Trust Company, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion

A-2

Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 2, 2005 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. The Company does not have the option to redeem the Notes.

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change the Company will make an offer to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest on the Notes repurchased, if any, to but not including the date of purchase (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”). Within 30 days following any Fundamental Change, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Fundamental Change, and providing other information regarding the Fundamental Change. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, including the filing of a Schedule TO if required, and will comply with the requirements of any other federal and state securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes by the Company as a result of a Fundamental Change. On the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered, and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Fundamental Change Repurchase Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Fundamental Change Notice on or as soon as practicable after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if either: (1) the last sale price of the Company’s Common Stock for any five Trading Days during the ten Trading Days immediately preceding the Change of Control is at least equal to 105% of the conversion price in effect on such Trading Days or (2) in the case of a merger or consolidation, all of the consideration (excluding cash payments for fractional shares

A-3

and cash payments pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights) in the merger or consolidation constituting the Change of Control consists of shares of Class A common stock, American Depositary Shares or other certificates representing common Equity Interests traded on a United States national securities exchange or quoted on NASDAQ (or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such Change of Control) and as a result of such transaction or transactions the Notes become convertible solely into such shares of Class A common stock or other certificates representing Equity Interests.

(8) CONVERSION. At the option of the Holder thereof, any portion of the principal amount of any Note that is an integral multiple of $1,000 may be converted into fully paid and non-assessable shares (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/100th of a share) of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate in effect at the time of conversion. Such conversion right shall commence on the initial issuance date of the Notes and expire at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of Maturity, subject, in the case of conversion of any Global Note, to any Applicable Procedures. The Notes initially will be converted into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $________ per share. The rate at which shares of Common Stock shall be delivered upon conversion (herein called the “Conversion Rate”) shall be initially __________ shares of Common Stock for each U.S. $1,000 principal amount of Notes. The Conversion Rate will be adjusted under the circumstances specified in the Indenture.

(9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for conversion or repurchase, except for the unconverted or unrepurchased portion of any Note being converted or repurchased in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in a manner that does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; to provide for a successor Trustee under the Indenture, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company in accordance with the provisions in the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to any or all of the Holders of the Notes, to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, to secure the Notes, to increase the Conversion Rate or reduce the Conversion Price, provided that the increase or reduction, as the case may be, is in accordance

A-4

with the terms of this Indenture or will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes, or to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantee to any provision that was meant to be a verbatim description thereof as originally communicated to investors.

(12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) failure to pay principal or premium, if any, on any Note when due, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture; (ii) failure to pay any interest, including Special Interest, if any, on any Note when due, if such failure continues for 30 days whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture; (iii) failure to perform any other agreement required of the Company under the Indenture if such failure continues for 60 days after notice is given to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class; (iv) failure to pay the purchase price of any Note when due (including, without limitation, the delivery of cash as a return of principal or premium, any cash in lieu of fractional shares, and any shares, as the case may be, upon conversion of Notes within the time period required by the Indenture; (v) failure to provide timely notice of a Fundamental Change, if required by the Indenture, if such failure continues for 30 days after notice to the Company of its failure to do so; (vi) any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or one of its Significant Subsidiaries (all or substantially all of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of $25.0 million is not paid at final maturity or upon acceleration and such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not cured or rescinded, within 10 days after written notice as provided in the Indenture; (vii) failure by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to pay final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, the aggregate uninsured portion of which is at least $25.0 million, if the judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed within 30 days; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary (or combination of Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable, invalid or for any reason not to be in full force and effect, or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or any Person acting on its or their behalf, denies or disaffirms its or their obligations under its Note Guarantee or Note Guarantees; and (ix) certain events in bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries described in the Indenture If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium or Special Interest, if any) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

A-5

(13) SUBORDINATION. Payment of principal, interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes and the Note Guarantees is subordinated to the prior payment of Senior Debt on the terms provided in the Indenture.

(14) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(15) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

(16) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(17) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(18) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 2, 2005 among the Company, the Guarantor and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

(19) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of repurchase or conversion as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of repurchase or conversion, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(20) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

A-6

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road

Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Attention: Investor Relations

A-7

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:


(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
		(Insert assignee’s legal name)


(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)








(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)



		and irrevocably appoint
		to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:


Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

Check the box below if you elect to have all or a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Indenture:

If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

Date:


Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)



Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*


Date of Exchange		Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note		Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note		Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase)		Signature of authorized officer of Trustee or Custodian

*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Attn: Corporate Capital Markets

Re:

3¾% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due July 15, 2012

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

B-1

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

3. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.



[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

Dated:

B-2

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a)

¨ a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP ) , or

(b)

¨ a Restricted Definitive Note.

After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a)

¨ a beneficial interest in the:

(i)

¨ Restricted Global Note (CUSIP ), or

(ii)

¨ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ); or

(b)

¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c)

¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Please print the Transferee’s name, address and tax identification number:

(Name)

(Address)

Social Security or other Identification Number, if any.

B-3

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Attn: Corporate Capital Markets

Re:

3¾% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due July 15, 2012

(CUSIP )

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among FTI, Consulting, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

C-1

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.



[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

Dated:

C-2

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of August 2, 2005 (the “Indenture”) among FTI Consulting, Inc., (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.


[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

D-1

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF REPURCHASE NOTICE

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Attn: Corporate Capital Markets

Re:

3¾% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due July 15, 2012—REPURCHASE NOTICE

(CUSIP )

, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to tender the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Repurchase Tender”) pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Indenture. In connection with the Repurchase Tender, the Owner hereby certifies that it hereby elects to have this Note or a beneficial interest in a Global Note repurchased by the Company.

The undersigned hereby directs the Trustee or the Company to pay it or an amount in cash (or in the event of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving the Company that is otherwise permitted under the Indenture in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, shares of the common stock, common Equity Interests, ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares of such surviving corporation or its direct or indirect parent corporation) valued as set forth in the Indenture, equal to 100% of the principal amount to be repurchased (as set forth below), plus interest accrued to, but excluding, the Repurchase Date, as provided in the Indenture.

Dated:

Signature(s)

[Signature Guaranteed]

*	[ Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.]

E-1

If shares of Common Stock or Notes are to be

registered in the name of a Person other than the Holder,
please print such Person’s name and address:

(Name)

(Address)

Social Security or other Identification Number, if any.

If only a portion of a Definitive Note is to be repurchased, please indicate:

1. Principal amount to be converted: U.S. $

2. Principal amount and denomination of Notes representing unconverted principal amount to be issued:



Amount: U.S. $				Denominations: U.S. $

(U.S. $1,000 or any integral multiple of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof, provided that the unconverted portion of such principal amount is U.S. $1,000 or any integral multiple of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof.)

E-2

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF CONVERSION NOTICE

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Attn: Corporate Capital Markets

Re:

3¾% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due July 15, 2012—CONVERSION NOTICE

(CUSIP )

, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to convert the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Conversion”) pursuant to Article 8 of the Indenture. In connection with the Conversion, the Owner hereby certifies that, as Owner of this Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note, hereby irrevocably exercises the option to convert this Note or such beneficial interest, or such portion of this Note in the principal amount designated above, into shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and directs that such shares, together with a check in payment for any fractional share and any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be delivered to and be registered in the name of the undersigned unless a different name has been indicated below. If shares of Common Stock or Notes are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, (a) the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto and (b) signature(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Any amount required to be paid by the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note.

Dated:

Signature(s)

F-1

If shares of Common Stock or Notes are to be

registered in the name of a Person other than the Holder*, please print such Person’s name and address:

(Name)

(Address)

Social Security or other Identification Number, if any.

[Signature Guaranteed]

If only a portion of a Definitive Note is to be converted, please indicate:

1. Principal amount to be converted: U.S. $

2. Principal amount and denomination of Notes representing unconverted principal amount to be issued:



Amount: U.S. $				Denominations: U.S. $

*	If the Note(s) to be converted bear the Private Placement Legend, or if you are converting beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note, then you must submit a “Certificate of Conversion & Transfer” with this Conversion Notice.

F-2

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

The Converting Party owns and proposes to convert the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a)

¨ a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP );

(b)

¨ a Restricted Definitive Note (Certificate No.: );

(c)

¨ a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP );

(d)

¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note (Certificate No.: ),

and

After the Conversion the Converting Party will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a)

¨ restricted shares of Common Stock in the form of:

(i)

¨ a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Share Certificate(CUSIP ), or

(ii)

¨ a definitive Share Certificate (Certificate Number ); or

(b)

¨ unrestricted shares of Common Stock in the form of:

(i)

¨ a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Share Certificate(CUSIP ), or

(ii)

¨ a definitive Share Certificate (Certificate Number ),

all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

F-3

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF CERTIFICATE CONVERSION & RESTRICTED TRANSFER

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Attn: Corporate Capital Markets

Re:

3¾% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2012

, (the “Transferor”) owns, and proposes to exercise its right of conversion pursuant to Article 8 of the Indenture with respect to, the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests, and to request that the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion (the “Shares”) be registered in the name of or issued to (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto (such transaction, the “Conversion & Transfer”). In connection with the Conversion & Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of Shares pursuant to Rule 144A. The Conversion & Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the Shares to be issued upon conversion are being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the Shares for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Conversion & Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Conversion & Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Shares will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend set forth in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of the Shares pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A. The Conversion & Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

G-1

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of Unrestricted Shares.

(a) ¨ Check if Conversion & Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Conversion & Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Conversion & Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Shares will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ Check if Conversion & Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Conversion & Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Conversion & Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Shares will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.



[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

Dated:

G-2

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION & RESTRICTED TRANSFER

The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(b)

¨ a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP ), or

(b)

¨ a Restricted Definitive Note.

After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a)

¨ a beneficial interest in the:

(i)

¨ Restricted Global Note (CUSIP ), or

(ii)

¨ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ); or

(b)

¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c)

¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Please print the Transferee’s name, address and tax identification number:

(Name)

(Address)

Social Security or other Identification Number, if any.

G-3

EXHIBIT H

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of August 2, 2005 providing for the issuance of 3¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2012 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

H-1

7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

H-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: , 20


[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:
		Name:
		Title:

[EXISTING GUARANTORS]

By:
		Name:
		Title:

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

By:
		Authorized Signatory

H-3

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005

Exhibit 10.1

FTI Consulting, Inc.

7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013

unconditionally guaranteed as to the

payment of principal, premium,

if any, and interest by the

Guarantors named on Schedule I hereto

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement

August 2, 2005

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Banc of America Securities LLC

9 West 57^th Street

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013, which are unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (as defined herein). As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors agree with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:

1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

“Base Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are required by law to remain closed.

The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

“Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

“Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

“Effective Time,” in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

“Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or 3(d)(iii) hereof and the instructions set forth on the Notice and Questionnaire.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

“Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c) hereof.

“Exchange Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indenture.

The term “holder” shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Registrable Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Registrable Securities.

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

“Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

The term “person” shall mean a corporation, association, partnership, organization, limited liability company, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.

“Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, among the Purchasers, the Guarantors and the Company, relating to the Securities.

“Purchasers” shall mean the Purchasers named in Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement.

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof

(provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the 180-day period referred to in Section 2(a)); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof, a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) such Security is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; (iv) such Security is eligible to be sold pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144; or (v) such Security shall cease to be outstanding.

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

“Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4 hereof.

“Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

“Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company.

“Rule 144,” “Rule 405” and “Rule 415” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time.

“Securities” shall mean, collectively, the 7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013 of the Company to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. Each Security is entitled to the benefit of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors in the Indenture (the “Guarantees”) and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Security,” an “Exchange Security” or a “Registrable Security” shall include a reference to the related Guarantee.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

“Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

2. Registration Under the Securities Act.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantors agree to file under the Securities Act, no later than 120 days after the Closing Date, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Registration Statement,” and such offer, the “Exchange Offer”) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors, which debt securities and guarantees are substantially identical to the Securities and the related Guarantees, respectively (and are entitled to the benefits of a trust indenture which is substantially identical to the Indenture or is the Indenture and which has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for the additional interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange Securities”). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 210 days after the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to use all commercially reasonable efforts to commence and complete the Exchange Offer promptly, but no later than 30 Business Days after such registration statement has become effective, hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days and exchange Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only if the debt securities and related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been completed upon the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 20 Business Days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company agrees (x) to include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) to the extent necessary to ensure that such prospectus is available for sales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers, to use all commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period”) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Sections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e) hereof.

(b) If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed, existing Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities or the related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities

are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file the Exchange Registration Statement; or (iii) any holder of Registrable Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20^th Business Day following the consummation of the Exchange Offer that: (a) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer; (b) it may not resell the Exchange Securities to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus supplement contained in the Exchange Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales; or (c) it is a broker-dealer and owns Securities acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, the Company and the Guarantors shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), file under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, but no later than the later of 30 days after the time such obligation to file arises (but no earlier than 120 days after the date of the Indenture), a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use all commercially reasonable efforts (x) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective no later than 90 days after such Shelf Registration Statement filing obligation arises (but no earlier than 210 days after the date of the Indenture) and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding, provided, however, that no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder, and (y) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any action reasonably necessary to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, provided, however, that nothing in this Clause (y) shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii) hereof; provided further that each holder shall promptly furnish additional information required to be disclosed in order to make information previously furnished to the Company by such holder not misleading. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantors for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration, and the Company agrees to furnish to each Electing Holder copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the Commission.

(c) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors have not filed the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (ii) such Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days after the initial effective date of the Exchange Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made) or (iv) any

Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof is declared effective but ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in Section 2(b) hereof (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period”), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest (“Special Interest”), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.50% for the second 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.75% for the third 90 days of the Registration Default Period and at a per annum rate of 1.0% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period.

(d) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take, and to cause the Guarantors to take, all actions necessary or advisable to be taken by it to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated, including all actions necessary or desirable to register the Guarantees under the registration statement contemplated in Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof, as applicable.

(e) Any reference herein to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.

3. Registration Procedures.

If the Company and the Guarantors file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:

(a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration or the Shelf Registration, as the case may be, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

(b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(c) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Registration”), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i) prepare and file with the Commission, no later than 120 days after the Closing Date, an Exchange Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantors and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective no later than 210 days after the Closing Date;

(ii) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the

effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;

(iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such Exchange Registration Statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(iv) in the event that the Company and the Guarantors would be required, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(F) above, to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities, promptly prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(v) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

(vi) use all commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, to the extent required by such laws, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its articles of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

(vii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period;

(viii) provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and

(ix) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable but no later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Exchange Registration Statement, an earning statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

(d) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i) prepare and file with the Commission, as soon as practicable but in any case within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by such of the holders as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable but in any case within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);

(ii) not less than 30 calendar days prior to the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities; no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement as of the Effective Time, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company by the deadline for response set forth therein; provided, however, holders of Registrable Securities shall have at least 21 calendar days from the date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first mailed

to such holders to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;

(iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;

(iv) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission;

(v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;

(vi) provide (A) one representative of the Electing Holders, (B) the underwriters (which term, for purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, shall include a person deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act), if any, thereof, (C) any sales or placement agent therefor, (D) counsel for any such underwriter or agent and (E) not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto, in each case subject to customary confidentiality restrictions;

(vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at reasonable times at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration such financial and other information and books and records of the Company, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in such Section, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such registration statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a

subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders, any sales or placement agent therefor and any underwriter thereof (which notification may be made through any managing underwriter that is a representative of such underwriter for such purpose) and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by Section 3(d)(xvii) or Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(ix) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

(x) if requested by any managing underwriter or underwriters, any placement or sales agent or any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such managing underwriter or underwriters, such agent or such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable

Securities being sold by such Electing Holder or agent or to any underwriters, the name and description of such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder or agent or to such underwriters; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(xi) furnish to each Electing Holder, each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor, each underwriter, if any, thereof and the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) a conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, as the case may be) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder, offered or sold by such agent or underwritten by such underwriter and to permit such Electing Holder, agent and underwriter to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and subject to Section 3(e) below, the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder and by any such agent and underwriter, in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;

(xii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder and each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and each underwriter, if any, thereof shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) above and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter to complete its distribution of Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary to enable each such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its articles of incorporation or

by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

(xiii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities;

(xiv) unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be penned, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends; and, in the case of an underwritten offering, enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two business days prior to any sale of the Registrable Securities;

(xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

(xvi) enter into one or more underwriting agreements, engagement letters, agency agreements, “best efforts” underwriting agreements or similar agreements, as appropriate, including customary provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, and take such other actions in connection therewith as any Electing Holders aggregating at least 20% in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding shall request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xvii) whether or not an agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(d)(xvi) hereof is entered into and whether or not any portion of the offering contemplated by the Shelf Registration is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent or any other entity, (A) make such representations and warranties to the Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof in form, substance and scope as are customarily made in connection with an offering of debt securities pursuant to any appropriate agreement or to a registration statement filed on the form applicable to the Shelf Registration; (B) obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company in customary form and covering such matters, of the type customarily covered by such an opinion, as the managing underwriters, if any, or as any Electing Holders of at least 20% in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding may reasonably request, addressed to such Electing Holder or Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (and if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering of a part or all of the Registrable Securities, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto) (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include the due incorporation and good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries; the qualification of the Company and its subsidiaries to transact business as foreign corporations; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(d)(xvi) hereof; the due authorization, execution,

authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the Securities; the absence of material legal or governmental proceedings involving the Company; the absence of a breach by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of, or a default under, material agreements binding upon the Company or any subsidiary of the Company; the absence of governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration, the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities, this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(d)(xvi) hereof, except such approvals as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws; the material compliance as to form of such Shelf Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, respectively; and, as of the date of the opinion and of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein, as then amended or supplemented, and from the documents incorporated by reference therein (in each case other than the financial statements and other financial information contained therein) of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of such documents, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time that such documents were filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act)); (C) obtain a “cold comfort” letter or letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company addressed to the selling Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor or the underwriters, if any, thereof, dated (i) the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the effective date of any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus (and, if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering pursuant to any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto), such letter or letters to be in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by letters of such type; (D) deliver such documents and certificates, including officers’ certificates, as may be reasonably requested by any Electing Holders of at least 20% in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding or the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof to evidence the accuracy of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause (A) above or those contained in Section 5(a) hereof and the compliance with or satisfaction of any agreements or conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company or the Guarantors; and (E) undertake such obligations relating to expense reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as are provided in Section 6 hereof;

(xviii) notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) hereof and of any amendment or waiver effected

pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be;

(xix) in the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Registrable Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “Conduct Rules”) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) or any successor thereto, as amended from time to time) thereof, whether as a holder of such Registrable Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Conduct Rules, including by (A) if such Conduct Rules shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in such Conduct Rules) to participate in the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement relating to such Registrable Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Shelf Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Registrable Securities, (B) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof (or to such other customary extent as may be requested by such underwriter), and (C) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Conduct Rules; and

(xx) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, an earning statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

(e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) above, to notify the Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders, to each placement or sales agent, if any, and to each such underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) hereof, such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Electing Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

(f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require

such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Until the expiration of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

4. Registration Expenses.

The Company agrees to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any NASD registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel for the placement or sales agent or underwriters in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) hereof and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as any managing underwriters or the Electing Holders may designate, including reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel for the Electing Holders or underwriters in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any underwriting agreements, agreements among underwriters, selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any opinions or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance), (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” engaged pursuant to Section 3(d)(xix) hereof, (i) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing

Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (j) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities, and (k) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities or any placement or sales agent therefor or underwriter thereof, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.

5. Representations and Warranties.

Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities that:

(a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(d) or Section 3(c) hereof and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, and, in the case of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, at the time of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) or Section 3(c)(iii)(F) hereof until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(e) or Section 3(c)(iv) hereof, each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(d) or Section 3(c) hereof, as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.

(b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a) hereof, when they become or became effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty

shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.

(c) The compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the articles of incorporation or organization or the by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, of the Company or any of the Guarantors or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii), for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults as would not individually, or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the current or future consolidated financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, except (i) the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities and qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Securities and (iii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that either (x) have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof or (y) are required to be obtained in connection with the Credit Agreement.

(d) This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

6. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement, each of the Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement and each person who participates as a placement or sales agent or as an underwriter in any offering or sale of such Registrable Securities against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder, agent or underwriter may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder, Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse such holder, such Electing Holder, such agent and such underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action

or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to losses, claims, damages or liabilities shall not inure to the benefit of any holder, Electing Holder, placement or sales agent or underwriter to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability results from (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact in a preliminary prospectus or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in the preliminary prospectus a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if: (1) the Company furnished sufficient copies of the related final prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, within a reasonable amount of time prior to the applicable sale or the written confirmation of such sale in order to permit delivery of the final prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, to all persons purchasing Registrable Securities (each such person, a “Purchaser”) at or prior to the sale or written confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Securities to such Purchaser; (2) the holder, Electing Holder, placement or sales agent or underwriter asserting such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments failed to deliver or cause to be delivered a copy of such final prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, to the Purchaser, and (3) the final prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would have cured the defect giving rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments; provided, further, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein.

(b) Indemnification by the Holders and any Agents and Underwriters. Each holder agrees, and each underwriter named in any such underwriting agreement shall agree, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, and all other holders of Registrable Securities, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Guarantors or such other holders of Registrable Securities may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder or underwriter expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.

(c) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying

party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a) or 6(b) hereof. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders or any agents or underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), no holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and

no underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders’ and any underwriters’ obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered or underwritten, as the case may be, by them and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, agent and underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any holder, agent or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and any agents or underwriters contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder, agent or underwriter may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or any of the Guarantors (including any person who, with his consent, is named in any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company or the Guarantor) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act.

7. Underwritten Offerings.

(a) Selection of Underwriters. If any of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration are to be sold pursuant to an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company.

(b) Participation by Holders. Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with each other such holder that no such holder may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless such holder (i) agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

8. Rule 144.

The Company covenants to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Section 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144) and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar or successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable

Securities in connection with that holder’s sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

9. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

(b) Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction.

(c) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally, by facsimile or by courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If to the Company, to it at 900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100, Annapolis, Maryland 21401, facsimile no.: (410) 224-7868, Attention: General Counsel, with a copy to O’Melveny & Myers LLP, Times Square Tower, 7 Times Square, New York, New York 10036, facsimile no. (212) 326-2061, Attention: David J. Johnson, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

(d) Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto and such holders. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.

(e) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, any agent or underwriter or any

director, officer or partner thereof, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.

(f) Governing Law. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(g) Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

(h) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.

(i) Inspection. For so long as this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be in effect, this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the holders of Registrable Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any business day by any holder of Registrable Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and this Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) above and at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture.

(j) Counterparts. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us 4 counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among the Purchasers, the Guarantors and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.


Very truly yours,

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	Executive V.P., CFO & Treasurer

FTI, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI REPOSITORY SERVICES, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

LEXECON, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

TECHNOLOGY & FINANCIAL CONSULTING, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

TEKLICON, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


FTI CAMBIO, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI IP, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer


Accepted as of the date hereof:

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

By:	/s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co
	(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

By:	/S/ LEX MAULTSBY
	Name:	Lex Maultsby
	Title:	Managing Director

Exhibit A

FTI Consulting, Inc.

INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS

(Date of Mailing)

URGENT - IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED

DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE] *

The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”) 7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Securities”) are held.

The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.

It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact FTI Consulting, Inc., 900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100, Annapolis, Maryland 21401, telephone no.: (410) 224-8770, Attention: General Counsel.

*	Not less than 21 calendar days from date of mailing.

A-1

FTI Consulting, Inc.

Notice of Registration Statement

and

Selling Securityholder Questionnaire

(Date)

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement”) among FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”), the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto and the Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Company’s 7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Securities”). A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire”) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline For Response]. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

The term “Registrable Securities” is defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

A-2

ELECTION

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.

Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

A-3

QUESTIONNAIRE

(1)	(a) Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder:

(b)

Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below:

(c)

Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) Through Which Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below are Held:

(2)	Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:








Telephone:

Fax:

Contact Person:

(3)	Beneficial Ownership of Securities:

Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.

(a)

Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities:

(b)

Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:

CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:

(c)

Principal amount of Registrable Securities which the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:

(4)	Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:

Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).

State any exceptions here:

(5)	Relationships with the Company:

A-4

Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

State any exceptions here:

(6)	Plan of Distribution:

Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.

State any exceptions here:

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M.

In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which

A-5

may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:


(i) To the Company:
		FTI Consulting, Inc.
		900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100
		Annapolis, Maryland 21401
		Attention: General Counsel
(ii) With a copy to:
		O’Melveny & Myers LLP
		Times Square Tower
		7 Times Square
		New York, New York 10036
		Attention: Jessica L. Orlando

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

A-6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

Dated: ____________

Selling Securityholder

(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)



By:
Name:
Title:

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL AT:

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

Times Square Tower

7 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Jessica L. Orlando

A-7

Exhibit B

NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road

Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Attention: General Counsel

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Re:

FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”)

7⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Please be advised that has transferred $ aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form (File No. 333- ) filed by the Company.

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name.

Dated:


Very truly yours,


		(Name)

By:
		(Authorized Signature)

B-1

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005

Exhibit 10.2

FTI Consulting, Inc.

3¾% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2012

unconditionally guaranteed as to the

payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest by the

Guarantors named on Schedule I hereto

Registration Rights Agreement

August 2, 2005

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Banc of America Securities LLC

9 West 57^th Street

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 3¾% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2012 (the “Securities”), which are convertible into cash and, under certain circumstances, shares of Common Stock (as defined herein) upon the occurrence of certain circumstances under the terms of the Indenture (as defined herein). Each Security is entitled to the benefit of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors (as defined herein) in the Indenture (the “Guarantees”) and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Security” shall include a reference to the related Guarantees. As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors (as defined herein) agree with the Purchasers for the benefit of Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following defined terms shall have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” of any specified person means any other person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified person. For purposes of this definition, control of a person means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person whether by contract or

otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

“Closing Date” means the First Time of Delivery as defined in the Purchase Agreement.

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

“Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

“Effective Date” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b)(i) hereof

“Effective Failure” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 7(b) hereof.

“Effectiveness Period” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b)(i) hereof.

“Effective Time” means the time at which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or at which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

“Electing Holder” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(a)(iii) hereof.

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

“Firm Securities” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble hereof.

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indenture.

“Holder” means any person that is the record owner of Registrable Securities (and includes any person that has a beneficial interest in any Registrable Security in book-entry form).

“Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as amended and supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Managing Underwriters” means the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering, if any, conducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

“NASD Rules” means the Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., as amended from time to time.

“Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Appendix A hereto.

“Option Securities” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble hereof.

The term “person” shall mean a corporation, association, partnership, organization, limited liability company, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.

“Prospectus” means the prospectus (including, without limitation, any preliminary prospectus, any final prospectus and any prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act) included in the Shelf Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus and all documents filed after the date of such prospectus by the Company under the Exchange Act and incorporated by reference therein.

“Purchase Agreement” means the purchase agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, among the Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors relating to the Securities.

“Purchasers” means the Purchasers named in Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement.

“Registrable Securities” means all or any portion of the Securities issued from time to time under the Indenture in registered form and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Securities; provided, however, that a security ceases to be a Registrable Security when it is no longer a Restricted Security.

“Registration Default” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 7(a) hereof.

“Restricted Security” means any Security or share of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof except any such Security or share of Common Stock that (i) has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and sold in a manner contemplated by the Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) has been transferred in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) or is transferable pursuant to paragraph (k) of such Rule 144 (or any successor provision thereto) or (iii) has otherwise been transferred and a new Security or share of Common Stock not subject to transfer restrictions under the Securities Act has been delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

“Rules and Regulations” means the published rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as in effect at any relevant time.

“Securities” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble hereof.

“Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Shelf Registration” means a registration effected pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

“Shelf Registration Statement” means a “shelf” registration statement filed under the Securities Act providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the Holders of, all of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act and/or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, filed by the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, including the Prospectus contained therein, any

amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

“Special Interest” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 7(a) hereof.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

The term “underwriter” means any underwriter of Registrable Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.

(b) Wherever there is a reference in this Agreement to a percentage of the “principal amount” of Registrable Securities or to a percentage of Registrable Securities, Common Stock shall be treated as representing the number of shares times the conversion price applicable upon conversion of the relevant Securities.

(c) Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Registration Rights Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Registration Rights Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

2. Shelf Registration.

(a) The Company and the Guarantors shall, no later than 120 calendar days following the Closing Date, file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement and, thereafter, shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act no later than 210 calendar days following the Closing Date; provided, however, that no Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such Holder is an Electing Holder.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use all commercially reasonable efforts:

(i) to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by Holders until the earliest of (1) the sale of all outstanding Registrable Securities registered under the Shelf Registration Statement; (2) the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act with respect to all Registrable Securities held by Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company; and (3) two years from the date (the “Effective Date”) such Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective (such period being referred to herein as the “Effectiveness Period”);

(ii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, promptly upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any action reasonably necessary to enable such Holder to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without

limitation, any action necessary to identify such Holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that nothing in this subparagraph shall relieve such Holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(a)(ii) hereof; provided further, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to file more than one amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus in any 30-day period following the Effective Time for the purpose of naming Holders as selling securityholders who were not so named as of the Effective Time or of updating information concerning selling securityholders that was previously included in the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus; and

(iii) if at any time the Securities, pursuant to Article 8.09 of the Indenture, are convertible into securities other than Common Stock, to cause, or to cause any successor under the Indenture to cause, such securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement no later than the date on which the Securities may then be convertible into such securities.

(c) The Company and the Guarantors may suspend the use of the Prospectus for periods not to exceed 30 days in any 90-day period or an aggregate of 90 days in any 12-month period if the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that because of valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, pending corporate developments and similar events, including SEC review of the Company’s periodic reports filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act, it is in the best interests of the Company to suspend such use, and prior to suspending such use the Company provides the Holders with written notice of such suspension, which notice need not specify the nature of the event giving rise to such suspension.

3. Registration Procedures. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) (i) Not less than 30 calendar days prior to the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the Holders of Registrable Securities. No Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement as of the Effective Time, and no Holder shall be entitled to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless such Holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company by the deadline for response set forth therein; provided, however, Holders of Registrable Securities shall have at least 21 calendar days from the date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first mailed to such Holders to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company.

(ii) After the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall, upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such Holder. The Company shall not be required to take any action to name such Holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such Holder to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such Holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company.

(iii) The term “Electing Holder” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(a)(i) or 3(a)(ii) hereof and the instructions set forth on the Notice and Questionnaire.

(b) The Company shall furnish to one representative of the Electing Holders, prior to the Effective Time, a copy of the Shelf Registration Statement initially filed with the Commission, and shall furnish to such representative, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, copies of each amendment thereto and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein, and shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, at the Effective Time or when so filed with the Commission, as the case may be, such comments as such representative and its counsel reasonably may propose. Unless and until the Company is advised otherwise in writing by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Electing Holders, it shall be entitled to treat Latham & Watkins LLP as the one representative of the Electing Holders.

(c) The Company shall promptly take such action as may be necessary so that (i) each of the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and the Prospectus forming a part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto (and each report or other document incorporated therein by reference in each case) complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the respective rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) each of the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) each of the Prospectus forming a part of the Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, does not at any time during the Effectiveness Period include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) The Company shall promptly advise each Electing Holder, and shall confirm such advice in writing if so requested by any such Electing Holder:

(i) when a Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein or for additional information;

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for such purpose;

(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and

(v) of the occurrence of any event or the existence of any state of facts that requires the making of any changes in the Shelf Registration Statement or the

Prospectus included therein so that, as of such date, such Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading (which advice shall be accompanied by an instruction to such Holders to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made but which notice need not specify the nature of the event giving rise to such suspension).

(e) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance, and if issued to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement.

(f) The Company shall furnish to each Electing Holder, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and all post-effective amendments thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if such Electing Holder so requests in writing, all reports, other documents and exhibits that are filed with or incorporated by reference in the Shelf Registration Statement.

(g) The Company shall, during the Effectiveness Period, deliver to each Electing Holder, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Electing Holder may reasonably request; and the Company consents (except during the periods specified in Section 2(c) above or during the continuance of any event or the existence of any state of facts described in Section 3(d)(v) above) to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the Electing Holders in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto during the Effectiveness Period.

(h) Prior to any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) register or qualify or cooperate with the Electing Holders and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any Electing Holder may reasonably request, (ii) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers and sales in such jurisdictions for so long as may be necessary to enable any Electing Holder or underwriter, if any, to complete its distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, and (iii) take any and all other actions reasonably necessary to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company or any of the Guarantors be obligated to (A) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify but for this Section 3(h), (B) file any general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not as of the date hereof so subject or (C) make any changes to its articles of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders.

(i) Unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, the Company shall cooperate with the Electing Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be penned, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any

combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall be free of any restrictive legends and in such permitted denominations and registered in such names as Electing Holders may request in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(j) Upon the occurrence of any event or the existence of any state of facts contemplated by paragraph 3(d)(v) above, the Company shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to any Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Electing Holders of the occurrence of any event or the existence of any state of facts contemplated by paragraph 3(d)(v) above, the Electing Holder shall suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes to the Prospectus have been made.

(k) Not later than the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities that are debt securities.

(l) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable Rules and Regulations, and to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen months after (i) the effective date (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Securities Act) of the Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) the effective date of each post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, and (iii) the date of each filing by the Company with the Commission of an Annual Report on Form 10-K that is incorporated by reference in the Shelf Registration Statement, an earning statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158).

(m) Not later than the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act; in connection with such qualification, the Company shall cooperate with the Trustee under the Indenture and the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and the Company shall execute, and shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. In the event that any such amendment or modification referred to in this Section 3(m) involves the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(n) In the event of an underwritten offering conducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the Company shall, if requested, promptly include or incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement such information as the Managing Underwriters reasonably agree should be included therein and to which the Company does not reasonably object and shall make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after it is notified of the matters to be included or incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment.

(o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form in the event of an underwritten offering conducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof) and take all other appropriate action in order to expedite and facilitate the registration and disposition of the Registrable Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures substantially identical to those set forth in Section 5 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

(p) The Company shall:

(i) (A) make reasonably available for inspection by the Electing Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Electing Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (B) cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by such Electing Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that all records, information and documents that are designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential shall be kept confidential by such Electing Holders and any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such records, information or documents become available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; provided further, that such inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Electing Holders and the other parties entitled thereto by one counsel designated by and on behalf of the Electing Holders and other parties;

(ii) in connection with any underwritten offering conducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof, make such representations and warranties to the Electing Holders participating in such underwritten offering and to the Managing Underwriters, covering those matters set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

(iii) in connection with any underwritten offering conducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof, obtain opinions of counsel to the Company (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters) addressed to each Electing Holder participating in such underwritten offering and the underwriters, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in primary underwritten offerings of equity and convertible debt securities and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Electing Holders and underwriters (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinions shall include, without limitation, as of the date of the opinion and as of the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto, as the case may be, the absence from the Shelf Registration Statement and the Prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference therein, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading);

(iv) in connection with any underwritten offering conducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof, obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent

public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, from the independent public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Shelf Registration Statement), addressed to each Electing Holder participating in such underwritten offering (if such Electing Holder has provided such letter, representations or documentation, if any, required for such cold comfort letter to be so addressed) and the underwriters, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings;

(v) in connection with any underwritten offering conducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof, deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by any Electing Holders participating in such underwritten offering and the Managing Underwriters, if any, including, without limitation, certificates to evidence compliance with Section 3(j) hereof and with any conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreements entered into by the Company.

(q) The Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or other stock exchange or trading system on which the Common Stock primarily trades on or prior to the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement hereunder.

(r) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall be an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 2720(b)(1) of the NASD Rules (or any successor provision thereto)) of the Company or has a “conflict of interest” (as defined in Rule 2720(b)(7) of the NASD Rules (or any successor provision thereto)) and such broker-dealer shall underwrite, participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or assist in the distribution of any Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, whether as a Holder of such Registrable Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company shall assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of the NASD Rules, including, without limitation, by (A) engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 2720(b)(15) of the NASD Rules (or any successor provision thereto)) to participate in the preparation of the registration statement relating to such Registrable Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and to recommend the public offering price of such Registrable Securities, (B) indemnifying such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof, and (C) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the NASD Rules.

(s) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration, offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

4. Registration Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 6 hereof and shall bear or reimburse the Electing Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of a single counsel selected by a plurality of all Electing Holders who own an aggregate of not less than 25% of the principal amount (in the case of Common Stock, determined as the product of the number of shares times the conversion price applicable upon conversion of the relevant Securities) of the

Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement to act as counsel therefore in connection therewith. Each Electing Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Electing Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

5. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantors. Upon the registration of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2 hereof, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless each Electing Holder and each underwriter, selling agent or other securities professional, if any, which facilitates the disposition of Registrable Securities, and each of their respective officers and directors and each person who controls such Electing Holder, underwriter, selling agent or other securities professional within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each such person being sometimes referred to as an “Indemnified Person”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Shelf Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities are to be registered under the Securities Act, or any Prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any Indemnified Person, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Company hereby agrees to reimburse such Indemnified Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to losses, claims, damages or liabilities shall not inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability results from (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact in a preliminary prospectus or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in the preliminary prospectus a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if: (1) the Company furnished sufficient copies of the related final prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, within a reasonable amount of time prior to the applicable sale or the written confirmation of such sale in order to permit delivery of the final prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, to all persons purchasing Registrable Securities (each such person, a “Purchaser”) at or prior to the sale or written confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Securities to such Purchaser; (2) the Indemnified Person failed to deliver or cause to be delivered a copy of such final prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, to the Purchaser, and (3) the final prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would have cured the defect giving rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments; provided further, that the neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be liable to any such Indemnified Person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus, or amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Indemnified Person expressly for use therein.

(b) Indemnification by the Electing Holders and any Agents and Underwriters. Each Electing Holder agrees, as a consequence of the inclusion of any of such Electing Holder’s Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement, and each underwriter, selling agent

or other securities professional, if any, which facilitates the disposition of Registrable Securities shall agree, as a consequence of facilitating such disposition of Registrable Securities, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors, officers who sign any Shelf Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Guarantors or such other persons may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder, underwriter, selling agent or other securities professional expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(c) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the

indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Electing Holders or any underwriters, selling agents or other securities professionals or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 5(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The obligations of the Electing Holders and any underwriters, selling agents or other securities professionals in this Section 5(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the percentage of principal amount of Registrable Securities registered or underwritten, as the case may be, by them and not joint.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5, in no event will any (i) Electing Holder be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 5 for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Holder from the sale of such Holder’s Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities are to be registered under the Securities Act and (ii) underwriter, selling agent or other securities professional be required to undertake liability to any person hereunder for any amounts in excess of the discount, commission or other compensation payable to such underwriter, selling agent or other securities professional with respect to the Registrable Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 5 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have to any Indemnified Person and the obligations of any Indemnified Person under this Section 5 shall be in addition to any liability which such Indemnified Person may otherwise have to the Company or any of the Guarantors. The remedies provided in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to an indemnified party at law or in equity.

6. Underwritten Offering. Any Holder of Registrable Securities who desires to do so may sell Registrable Securities (in whole or in part) in an underwritten offering; provided that (i) the Electing Holders of at least 33-1/3% in aggregate principal amount (in the case of Common Stock, determined as the number of shares times the conversion price applicable upon conversion of the relevant Securities) of the Registrable Securities then covered by the Shelf Registration Statement shall request such an offering and (ii) at least such aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Securities shall be included in such offering; and provided further that the Company shall not be obligated to cooperate with more than one underwritten offering during the Effectiveness Period. Upon receipt of such a request, the Company shall provide all

Holders of Registrable Securities written notice of the request, which notice shall inform such Holders that they have the opportunity to participate in the offering. In any such underwritten offering, the investment banker or bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by, and the underwriting arrangements with respect thereto (including the size of the offering) will be approved by, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment bankers and managers and underwriting arrangements must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. No Holder may participate in any underwritten offering contemplated hereby unless (a) such Holder agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included in the underwritten offering in accordance with any approved underwriting arrangements, (b) such Holder completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such approved underwriting arrangements, and (c) if such Holder is not then an Electing Holder, such Holder returns a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(a)(ii) hereof within a reasonable amount of time before such underwritten offering. The Holders participating in any underwritten offering shall be responsible for any underwriting discounts and commissions and fees and, subject to Section 4 hereof, expenses of their own counsel. The Company shall pay all expenses customarily borne by issuers in an underwritten offering, including but not limited to filing fees, the reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel and independent public accountants and any printing expenses incurred in connection with such underwritten offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing or the provisions of Section 3(n) hereof, upon receipt of a request from the Managing Underwriter or a representative of holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in an underwritten offering to prepare and file an amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus in connection with an underwritten offering, the Company may delay the filing of any such amendment or supplement for up to 90 days if the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that the Company has a bona fide business reason for such delay.

7. Special Interest.

(a) If (i) on or prior to the 120th day following the Closing Date, a Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed with the Commission or (ii) on or prior to the 210th day following the Closing Date, such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission (each, a “Registration Default”), the Company shall be required to pay liquidated damages (“Special Interest”), from and including the day following such Registration Default until such Shelf Registration Statement is either so filed or so filed and subsequently declared effective, as applicable, at a rate per annum equal to an additional one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) of the principal amount of Registrable Securities, to and including the 90th day following such Registration Default and one-half of one percent (0.50%) thereof from and after the 91st day following such Registration Default.

(b) In the event that (i) the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or (ii) the Holders are otherwise prevented or restricted by the Company from effecting sales pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (an “Effective Failure”) for more than 30 days, whether or not consecutive, in any 90-day period, or for more than 90 days, whether or not consecutive, during any 12-month period, then the Company shall pay Special Interest at a rate per annum equal to an additional one-half of one percent (0.50%) of the principal amount of Registrable Securities from the 31^st day of the applicable 90-day period or the 91st day of the applicable 12-month period, as the case may be, that any such Effective Failure has existed until the earlier of (1) the time the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the Holders of

Registrable Securities are again able to make sales under the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, or (2) the expiration of the Effectiveness Period.

(c) Any amounts to be paid as Special Interest pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section 7 shall be paid in cash semi-annually in arrears, with the first semi-annual payment due on the first Interest Payment Date (as defined in the Indenture), as applicable, following the date of such Registration Default or Effective Failure, as applicable. Such Special Interest will accrue in respect of the Securities at the rates set forth in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section 7, as applicable, on the principal amount of the Securities.

(d) Except as provided in Section 8(b) hereof, the Special Interest as set forth in this Section 7 shall be the exclusive monetary remedy available to the Holders of Registrable Securities for such Registration Default or Effective Failure. In no event shall the Company be required to pay Special Interest in excess of the applicable maximum amount of one-half of one percent (0.50%) set forth above, regardless of whether one or multiple Registration Defaults or Effective Failures exist.

8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Other Registration Rights. The Company may grant registration rights that would permit any person that is a third party the right to piggy-back on any Shelf Registration Statement, provided that if the Managing Underwriter of any underwritten offering conducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof notifies the Company and the Electing Holders that the total amount of securities which the Electing Holders and the holders of such piggy-back rights intend to include in any Shelf Registration Statement is so large as to materially threaten the success of such offering (including the price at which such securities can be sold), then the amount, number or kind of securities to be offered for the account of holders of such piggy-back rights will be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount, number and kind recommended by the Managing Underwriter prior to any reduction in the amount of Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement.

(b) Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the Holders from time to time may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such Holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity and without limiting the remedies available to the Electing Holders under Section 7 hereof, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under this Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Registration Rights Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction.

(c) Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement, including this Section 8(c), may be amended, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may be given, only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities then outstanding. Each Holder of Registrable Securities outstanding at the time of any such amendment, waiver or consent or thereafter shall be bound by any amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 8(c), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment, waiver or consent appears on the Registrable Securities or is delivered to such Holder.

(d) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be given as provided in the Indenture.

(e) Parties in Interest. The parties to this Agreement intend that all Holders of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to receive the benefits of this Agreement and that any Electing Holder shall be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by reason of such election with respect to the Registrable Securities which are included in a Shelf Registration Statement. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto and any Holder from time to time of the Registrable Securities to the aforesaid extent. In the event that any transferee of any Holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be entitled to receive the benefits of and, if an Electing Holder, be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement to the aforesaid extent.

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(i) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties hereto shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(j) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other provisions set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Electing Holder, any director, officer or partner of such Holder, any agent or underwriter, any director, officer or partner of such agent or underwriter, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive the transfer and registration of the Registrable Securities of such Holder.

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement between the Company and you.


Very truly yours,

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	Executive V.P., CFO & Treasurer

FTI, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI REPOSITORY SERVICES, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

LEXECON, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

TECHNOLOGY & FINANCIAL CONSULTING, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer



TEKLICON, INC.

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI CAMBIO, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

FTI IP, LLC

By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	CFO & Treasurer

Accepted as of the date hereof:


GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

By:	/s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
	(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

By:	/s/ THOMAS MORRISON
	Name:	Thomas Morrison
	Title:	Managing Director

Appendix A

FTI Consulting, Inc.

INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS

(Date of Mailing)

URGENT—IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED

DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE]

The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”) 3¾% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2012 (the “Securities”) are held.

It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact FTI Consulting, Inc., 900 Bestgate Road, Suite 100, Annapolis, Maryland 21401, telephone no.: (410) 224-8770.

A-1

NOTICE OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND SELLING SECURITYHOLDER QUESTIONNAIRE

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

Notice of Registration Statement

and

Selling Securityholder Questionnaire

, 2005

FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”) has filed or intends to file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-3 (the “Shelf Registration Statement “) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act “) of the Company’s 3¾% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2012 (the “Securities”) and the shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), issuable upon conversion thereof, in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005 (the “Registration Rights Agreement “), among the Company, the guarantors named therein and the purchasers named therein. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or a supplement or amendment thereto), this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire”) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE , 2005. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not properly complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.

The term “Registrable Securities” is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement to mean all or any portion of the Securities issued from time to time under the Indenture in registered form and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Securities; provided, however, that a security ceases to be a Registrable Security when it is no longer a Restricted Security.

The term “Restricted Security” is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement to mean any Security or share of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof except any such Security or share of Common Stock that (i) has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and sold in a manner contemplated by the Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) has been transferred in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) or is transferable pursuant to paragraph (k) of such Rule 144 (or any successor provision thereto), or (iii) has otherwise been transferred and a new Security or share of Common Stock not subject to transfer restrictions under the Securities Act has been delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with the Indenture.

A-2

ELECTION

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.

Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and the Trustee the Notice of Transfer (completed and signed) set forth in Exhibit 1 to this Notice and Questionnaire.

The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to each of the Company and the Guarantors and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

QUESTIONNAIRE


(1)	(a)	Full legal name of Selling Securityholder:



	(b)	Full legal name of registered holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) Below:



	(c)	Full legal name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:



(2)		Address for notices to Selling Securityholder:





		Telephone:

		Email:

		Fax:

		Contact Person:

(3)		Beneficial Ownership of Securities:

		Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned Selling Securityholder does not beneficially own any Securities or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of any Securities.

A-3


		(a)		Principal amount of Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) beneficially owned:



				CUSIP No(s). of Registrable Securities: ___________________________________________________

				Number of shares of Common Stock (if any) issued upon conversion of Securities: ________________

		(b)		Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:





				CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities: ___________________________________________________

				Number of shares of Common Stock (if any) issued upon conversion of such other Securities:

		(c)		Principal amount of Registrable Securities that the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:

				CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:

				Number of shares of Common Stock (if any) issued upon conversion of Registrable Securities which are to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:


		(4)		Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:

				Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any shares of Common Stock or any other security of the Company, other than the Securities and shares of Common Stock listed above in Item (3).

				State any exceptions here:






		(5)		Disclose the individual or individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities, and the voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Common Stock underlying the Securities, for all entities that are not SEC-reporting companies. Selling Securityholders should disclose the name of beneficial holders, not nominee holders or other such others of record. In addition, the SEC has provided guidance that Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 should be used by analogy when determining the person or persons sharing voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Registrable Securities.

		(a)		Is the holder an SEC-reporting company?

				Yes ¨ No ¨

A-4

If YES, please proceed to Question 6. If NO, please answer Item (5)(b).

(b)

List below the individual or individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities, and the voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Common Stock underlying the Securities:

___________________________________________________________________________________

Please note that the names of the persons listed in (b) above will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

(6)

The SEC requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers be so identified in the Registration Statement. In addition, the SEC requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers be named as underwriters in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

(a)

Is the Selling Securityholder a registered broker-dealer?

Yes ¨ No ¨

(b)

If the answer to (a) is YES, you must answer (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable. Your answers to (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable, will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

(i)

Were the Securities and the Common Stock underlying the Securities acquired as compensation for underwriting activities?

Yes ¨ No ¨

(ii)

Were the Securities and the Common Stock underlying the Securities acquired for investment purposes?

Yes ¨ No ¨

(iii)

If you answered NO to both (i) and (ii), please explain the Selling Securityholder’s reason for acquiring the Securities and the Common Stock underlying the Securities.

(c)

Is the Selling Securityholder an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer?

Yes ¨ No ¨

If YES, please provide the name of the registered broker-dealer.

(d)

If your answer to (c) is YES, you must answer BOTH (i) and (ii) below. Your answers to (i) and (ii) below will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

A-5

(i)

Were the Securities and the Common Stock underlying the Securities acquired in the ordinary course of business?

Yes ¨ No ¨

If NO, please provide a brief explanation of the circumstances surrounding the acquisition of the Securities.

(ii)

At the time of the acquisition of the Securities and the Common Stock underlying the Securities, did the Selling Securityholder have any agreements, understandings or arrangements with any other persons, either directly or indirectly, to dispose of the Securities and/or the Common Stock underlying the Securities?

Yes ¨ No ¨

If YES, please provide a brief explanation of such agreements, understandings or arrangements.

(7)	Relationship with the Company:

State any exceptions here:

(8)	Plan of Distribution:

Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short

A-6

positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.

State any exceptions here:

(9)	Set forth below is Interpretation A.65 of the July 1997 SEC Manual of Publicly Available Interpretations regarding short selling:

“An issuer filed a Form S-3 registration statement for a secondary offering of common stock which is not yet effective. One of the selling shareholders wanted to do a short sale of common stock “against the box” and cover the short sale with registered shares after the effective date. The issuer was advised that the short sale could not be made before the registration statement becomes effective, because the shares underlying the short sale are deemed to be sold at the time such sale is made. There would, therefore, be a violation of Section 5 if the shares were effectively sold prior to the effective date.”

By returning this Notice and Questionnaire, Selling Securityholders will be deemed to be aware of the foregoing interpretation.

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the prospectus delivery and other provisions of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M.

In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (8) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

A-7

In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(a) of the Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect and to provide any additional information as the Company reasonably may request. Except as otherwise provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, all notices hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:


(i) To the Company:
		FTI Consulting, Inc. 900 Bestgate Road Suite 100 Annapolis, Maryland 21401 Attention: General Counsel
(ii) With a copy to:
		O’Melveny & Myers LLP Times Square Tower 7 Times Square New York, New York 10036 Attention: Jessica L. Orlando

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above). This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

A-8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.


Dated: _____________________________________						Selling Securityholder

						(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)


						By:
						Name:
						Title:

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE , 2005 TO THE COMPANY AT:

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road

Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Attention: General Counsel

With a copy to:

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

Times Square Tower

7 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Jessica L. Orlando

A-9

Exhibit 1

to Appendix A

NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road

Suite 100

Annapolis, Maryland 21401

Attention: General Counsel

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Re:

FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”)

3¾% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2012 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Please be advised that has transferred $ in aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes or shares of the Company’s common stock issued upon conversion of Notes, pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333- ) filed by the Company.

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied with respect to the transfer described above and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes or common stock is named as a selling securityholder in the Prospectus dated , , or in amendments or supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes or number of shares of common stock transferred are a portion of the Notes or shares of common stock listed in such Prospectus as amended or supplemented opposite such owner’s name.

Dated:


		Very truly yours,


		(Name)

By:
		(Authorized Signature)

A-10

Second Amendment, dated as of August 2, 2005

Exhibit 10.3

SECOND AMENDMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of August 2, 2005 to the Credit Agreement referenced below is by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors identified on the signature pages hereto, the Lenders identified on the signature pages hereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, $225 million in credit facilities have been established in favor of the Borrower pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) dated as of November 28, 2003 among the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders identified therein and the Administrative Agent; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested certain modifications to the Credit Agreement and the Required Lenders have agreed to the requested modifications on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

2. Amendments. The Credit Agreement is amended in the following respects:

2.1 In Section 1.01, the following definitions are added to read as follows:

“Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date (other than (i) the Subordinated Indebtedness and (ii) Funded Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on any Property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a) or (b).

“Convertible Senior Subordinated Note” means any of the up to $150 million in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 3.75% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 issued by the Borrower pursuant to the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, as amended, modified, supplemented and extended from time to time in a manner permitted hereunder.

“Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Documents” means, collectively, the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes, the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and each other document, agreement and instrument governing or evidencing any of the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes.

“Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of August 2, 2005 among the Borrower, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, as amended, modified, supplemented and extended from time to time in a manner permitted hereunder.

“Senior Note” means any of the up to $200 million in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 7.625% Senior Notes due 2013 issued by the Borrower pursuant to the Senior Note Indenture, as amended, modified, supplemented and extended from time to time in a manner permitted hereunder.

“Senior Note Documents” means, collectively, the Senior Notes, the Senior Note Indenture and each other document, agreement and instrument governing or evidencing any of the Senior Notes.

“Senior Note Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of August 2, 2005 among the Borrower, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, as amended, modified, supplemented and extended from time to time in a manner permitted hereunder.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness arising under the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes.

2.2 In the definition of “Change of Control” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, the “.” at the end of clause (b) is replaced with “; or” and a new clause (c) is added thereto to read as follows:

(c) the occurrence of a “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any of the Senior Note Documents or the occurrence of a “Fundamental Change” under, and as defined in, any of the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Documents.

2.3 In the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charges” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, clause (iii) is amended to read as follows:

(iii) Restricted Payments for such period (other than Restricted Payments made during the twelve months following the date of the Second Amendment to this Agreement in an aggregate amount up to $125.9 million)

2.4 In the definition of “Permitted Acquisitions” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, the phrase “occurring after the Closing Date” is amended to read “occurring after the date of the Second Amendment to this Agreement”.

2.5 Section 2.05(b) of the Credit Agreement is amended to read as follows:

(i) Aggregate Revolving Commitments. If for any reason the Total Revolving Outstandings at any time exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Revolving Loans and/or the Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i) unless after the prepayment in full

of the Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans the Total Revolving Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect.

(ii) Dispositions and Involuntary Dispositions. The Borrower shall prepay the Loans and Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as hereafter provided in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of all Dispositions and Involuntary Dispositions to the extent (A) such Net Cash Proceeds are not reinvested in the same or similar Property within 180 days of the date of such Disposition and (B) the aggregate amount of such Net Cash Proceeds not reinvested in accordance with the foregoing clause (A) shall exceed $2,500,000 in any fiscal year. Such prepayment shall be due immediately upon the expiration of the 180 day period set forth in clause (A) (to the extent such prepayment exceeds the threshold in clause (B)) and shall be applied as set forth in clause (v) below.

(iii) Application of Mandatory Prepayments. All amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied to Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans and (after all Revolving Loans and all Swing Line Loans have been repaid) to Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations. Within the parameters of the applications set forth above, prepayments shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans and then to Eurodollar Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities. All prepayments under this Section 2.05(b) shall be subject to Section 3.05, but otherwise without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by interest on the principal amount prepaid through the date of prepayment.

2.6 A new section 6.25 is added to the Credit Agreement to read as follows:

6.25 Subordination.

(a) The Obligations constitute “Senior Debt” under the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Documents.

(b) The Obligations constitute “Designated Senior Debt” under the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Documents.

(c) No obligations (other than the Obligations and the Senior Notes) constitute “Designated Senior Debt” under the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Documents.

2.7 The following paragraph is added to the end of Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement:

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (including any Foreign Subsidiary and FTI Capital Advisors, LLC) provides a Guarantee in respect of any of the Senior Notes or the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes, the Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to, concurrent with providing the Guarantee in respect of such Indebtedness, (i) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Joinder Agreement or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose, and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred to in Sections 5.01(d) and (f) and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

2.8 In Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement, the “and” after clause (h) is deleted, clause (i) is deleted and new clauses (i), (j) and (k) are added thereto to read as follows:

(i) Indebtedness arising under the Senior Note Documents in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $200 million;

(j) Indebtedness arising under the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Documents in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $150 million; and

(k) Guarantees with respect to Indebtedness permitted by this Section 8.03.

2.9 In Section 8.09 of the Credit Agreement, the “or” at the end of clause (3) is replaced with “,”, the “.” at the end of clause (4) is replaced with “or” and a new clause (5) is added to read as follows:

(5) the Senior Note Documents and the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Documents.

2.10 Section 8.11(a) of the Credit Agreement is amended to read as follows:

(a) Consolidated Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be greater than 3.25:1.0.

2.11 Section 8.11(c) of the Credit Agreement is amended to read as follows:

(c) Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be less than 1.5:1.0.

2.12 A new clause (d) is added to section 8.11 of the Credit Agreement to read as follows:

(d) Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be greater than 2.0:1.0.

2.13 Section 8.12 of the Credit Agreement is amended to read as follows:

8.12 Subordinated Indebtedness.

(a) Amend or modify any of the terms of any of the Senior Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness if such amendment or modification would add or change any terms in a manner adverse to the Borrower or any Subsidiary (including any amendment or modification that would shorten the final maturity or average life to maturity or require any payment to be made sooner than originally scheduled or increase the interest rate applicable thereto).

(b) Amend or modify any of the subordination provisions of any Subordinated Indebtedness.

(c) Make (or give any notice with respect thereto) any optional, mandatory or other non-scheduled payment on, or prepayment, redemption, acquisition for value (including

without limitation, by way of depositing money or securities with the trustee with respect thereto before due for the purpose of paying when due), refund, refinance or exchange of, any of the Senior Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (i) the conversion into cash of the outstanding principal amount of any Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes upon the occurrence of a Sale Price Condition (as defined in the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Indenture), (ii) the conversion into cash of up to $12,500,000 in the aggregate of the outstanding principal amount of any Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes upon the occurrence of a Trading Price Condition (as defined in the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Indenture) and (iii) the conversion into cash of the outstanding principal amount of any Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes at any time on or after June 15, 2012; or

(d) Make any principal or interest payments in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness in violation of the subordination provisions of the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Documents.

2.14 In Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement, the “.” at the end of clause (k) is replaced with “; or”, and a new clause (l) is added thereto to read as follows:

(l) Subordinated Indebtedness.

(i) There shall occur an “Event of Default” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Senior Note Document or any Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Document;

(ii) any of the Obligations for any reason shall fail to be “Senior Debt” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Document;

(iii) any Indebtedness other than the Obligations and the Senior Notes shall constitute “Designated Senior Debt” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Document; or

(iv) the subordination provisions of any Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Document shall, in whole or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against any holder of such Subordinated Indebtedness.

3. Representations and Warranties. Each Loan Party represents and warrants that, after giving effect to this Amendment, each representation and warranty set forth in the Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof (except those that expressly relate to an earlier period).

4. Reaffirmation of Guaranty. Each Loan Party (i) acknowledges and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Amendment, (ii) affirms all of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (iii) agrees that this Amendment and all documents executed in connection herewith do not operate to reduce or discharge it’s obligations under the Loan Documents.

5. Reaffirmation of Security Interests. Each Loan Party (i) affirms that each of the Liens granted in or pursuant to the Loan Documents are valid and subsisting and (ii) agrees that this

Amendment shall in no manner impair or otherwise adversely effect any of the Liens granted in or pursuant to the Loan Documents.

6. Conditions Precedent. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Amendment. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment executed by the Loan Parties and the Required Lenders.

(b) Senior Notes and Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes.

(i) The Senior Note Documents and the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Documents shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

(ii) Receipt by the Administrative Agent of evidence that the Borrower has received gross proceeds of at least $300 million from the issuance by the Borrower of the Senior Notes and Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes.

(iii) Receipt by the Administrative Agent of copies, certified by an Executive Officer of the Borrower to be true and correct, of the Senior Note Documents and the Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Documents, each as originally executed and together with schedules and exhibits.

(c) Repayment in Full of Term Loans. The Borrower shall have (or will concurrent with the advance of the Senior Notes and the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes on the date hereof) repaid the Term Loans in full.

(d) Fees.

(i) Receipt by the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of each Lender that approves the amendment, of a fee equal to fifteen basis points (0.15%) on such Lender’s Revolving Commitment.

(ii) Receipt by the Administrative Agent of all other fees and expenses owing in connection with this Amendment.

7. No Other Changes. Except as modified hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents (including schedules and exhibits thereto) shall remain in full force and effect.

8. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

9. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be deemed to be a contract made under, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of North Carolina.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Second Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.


BORROWER:	FTI CONSULTING, INC., a Maryland corporation

	By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

GUARANTORS:	FTI, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company FTI REPOSITORY SERVICES, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company LEXECON, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company TECHNOLOGY & FINANCIAL CONSULTING, INC., a Texas corporation TEKLICON, INC., a California corporation FTI CAMBIO LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

	By:	/S/ THEODORE I. PINCUS
	Name:	Theodore I. Pincus
	Title:	Treasurer of each of the Guarantors

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent

	By:	/S/ LAURA B. SCHMUCK
	Name:	Laura B. Schmuck
	Title:	Agency Officer Assistant Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUE]


LENDERS:	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

	By:	/S/ MICHAEL J. LANDINI
	Name:	Michael J. Landini
	Title:	Senior Vice President

	WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

	By:	/S/ DAVID L. DRIGGERS
	Name:	David L. Driggers
	Title:	Managing Director

	SUNTRUST BANK

	By:	/S/ MICHAEL PUGSLEY
	Name:	Michael Pugsley
	Title:	Director

	COMERICA BANK

	By:	/S/ ERICA M. KRZEMINSKI
	Name:	Erica M. Krzeminsky
	Title:	Account Officer

	SOVEREIGN BANK

	By:	/S/ ERIC RITTER
	Name:	Eric Ritter
	Title:	AVP

	NATIONAL CITY BANK

	By:	/S/ HEATHER M. MCINTYRE
	Name:	Heather M. McIntyre
	Title:	Vice President

	PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

	By:	/S/ FRANK A. PUGLIESE
	Name:	Frank A. Pugliese
	Title:	Vice President

	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

	By:	/S/ RICHARD J. POPP
	Name:	Richard J. Popp
	Title:	Vice President

Press Release (including Financial Tables) issued by FTI, dated August 2, 2005

Exhibit 99.1

LOGO

FTI Consulting, Inc.

900 Bestgate Road

Annapolis, MD 21401

(410) 224-8770


FOR FURTHER INFORMATION:
AT FTI CONSULTING:		AT THE ABERNATHY MACGREGOR GROUP:
Jack Dunn, President & CEO		Winnie Lerner/Jessica Liddell
(410) 224-1483		(212) 371-5999

FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

FTI CONSULTING, INC. ANNOUNCES CLOSING OF DEBT OFFERINGS AND

REPURCHASE OF $125 MILLION OF COMMON SHARES

Updates Outlook for Remainder of 2005

ANNAPOLIS, MD, August 2, 2005—FTI Consulting, Inc. (NYSE:FCN), a leading provider of corporate finance/restructuring, forensic/litigation/technology, and economic consulting, today announced the closing of its private offering of $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Senior Notes”) and $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 3 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Convertible Notes”).

FTI used the net proceeds of the offering to repay its existing $142.5 million term loan indebtedness and repurchase approximately $125.0 million of common shares through a combination of direct share repurchases and an accelerated stock buyback program. The remainder, approximately $70.0 million after transaction costs, will be used for general corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions and additional stock repurchases. FTI will incur a one-time non-cash charge of approximately $1.8 million, or $0.03 per diluted share, for the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the early extinguishment of the term loan.

The Senior Notes and the Convertible Notes, net of the repayment of the existing term loan, will increase net interest expense by approximately $5.7 million for the remainder of 2005. The concurrent stock repurchase will reduce the weighted-average diluted shares by 5.2 million shares for the remainder of 2005. The net effect of the increase in interest expense and the reduction in diluted shares is expected to be neutral to earnings per diluted share for the remainder of 2005, excluding the one-time charge described above. In addition, the Company may enter into an interest rate swap agreement to manage interest rate exposure by achieving a desired proportion of variable rate versus fixed rate borrowings.

-more-

Jack Dunn, FTI’s president and chief executive officer said, “The successful financing we completed today will contribute to the financial well being of our company and its capital needs for years to come. The strong demand and positive reception to our offering, as reflected by its pricing, is a tribute to the strength and integrity of our company, the talented people that make up FTI, and the institutional presence we have established.

“This offering accomplishes three goals for FTI: it dramatically increases our liquidity and cash flow at a unique time for growth opportunities in our markets; solidifies our capital structure for the foreseeable future, and has enabled us to raise our profile with the investment community.”

Outlook for Remainder of 2005

Based on results for the first half of the year and the impact of the debt offerings, FTI has raised the lower end of its existing outlook for the remainder of 2005. Revenues are now anticipated to range from $487.0 million to $503.0 million for the full year; earnings per diluted share are now expected to range from $1.28 to $1.35 before the one-time charge of approximately $0.03 per diluted share for early extinguishment of its term loan; EBITDA is now expected to range from $119.0 million to $124.0 million and cash flow from operations to range between $80.0 million and $90.0 million.

The company believes its average bill rate and utilization will now be approximately $342 and 77 percent (on a 2,032 hours base), respectively. The updated outlook by segment for 2005 reflects, among other things, some shift in segment results due to the continued success of FTI’s cross-selling and cross-utilization programs. While such programs may impact individual segment results, they have no effect on total enterprise revenues and profitability. A table reflecting the outlook for each of FTI’s three business segments is attached.

Second-Quarter Conference Call

FTI will hold a conference call to discuss the debt offerings, second-quarter results and management’s outlook for the remainder of 2005 at 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on Wednesday, August 3, 2005. The call can be accessed live and will be available for replay over the Internet by logging onto the company’s website, www.fticonsulting.com, for 90 days.

About FTI Consulting

FTI is the premier provider of corporate finance/restructuring, forensic/litigation/ technology consulting, and economic consulting. Strategically located in 24 of the major US cities, London and Melbourne, FTI’s total workforce of more than 1,100 employees includes numerous PhDs, MBAs, CPAs, CIRAs and CFEs, who are committed to delivering the highest level of service to clients. These clients include the world’s largest corporations, financial institutions and law firms in matters involving financial and operational improvement and major litigation.

-more-

This press release includes “forward-looking” statements that involve uncertainties and risks. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from the company’s expectations. The company has experienced fluctuating revenues, operating income and cash flow in some prior periods and expects this may occur from time to time in the future. As a result of these possible fluctuations, the company’s actual results may differ from our projections. Further, preliminary results are subject to normal year-end adjustments. Other factors that could cause such differences include pace and timing of additional acquisitions, the company’s ability to realize cost savings and efficiencies, competitive and general economic conditions, retention of staff and clients and other risks described in the company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform such statements to actual results or events and do not intend to do so.

FINANCIAL TABLES FOLLOW

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

OUTLOOK RANGE FOR 2005 BY BUSINESS SEGMENT


	Revenues		EBITDA ⁽¹⁾			Margin		Utilization		Average Rate		Billable Headcount
	(in thousands)
Outlook Range for 2005
From ($1.28 per share) ⁽³⁾
Forensic and Litigation Consulting	$	205,000	$	65,000		31.7	%	74	%	$	280	425
Corporate Finance/Restructuring		187,000		62,000		33.2	%	81	%	$	405	320
Economic Consulting		95,000		23,000		24.2	%	78	%	$	380	160

	$	487,000		150,000		30.8	%	77	%	$	342	905

Corporate expenses				(31,000	)

Adjusted EBITDA ^{(1) (2)}			$	119,000		24.4	%

To ($1.35 per share)⁽³⁾
Forensic and Litigation Consulting	$	212,000	$	68,000		32.1	%	74	%	$	280	440
Corporate Finance/Restructuring		192,000		64,000		33.3	%	82	%	$	405	340
Economic Consulting		99,000		24,000		24.2	%	78	%	$	380	165

	$	503,000		156,000		31.0	%	77	%	$	343	945

Corporate expenses				(32,000	)

Adjusted EBITDA ^{(1) (2)}			$	124,000		24.7	%

⁽¹⁾

We define EBITDA (earnings before net interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) as operating income before depreciation and amortization which may not be similar to EBITDA measures of other companies. EBITDA is not a measurement under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for, the information contained in our statement of operations. We believe that EBITDA is useful to investors because it is an indicator of the strength and performance of our ongoing business operations, including our ability to fund capital expenditures and service debt. While depreciation and amortization are considered operating costs under generally accepted accounting principles, these expenses primarily represent the non-cash current period allocation of costs associated with long-lived assets acquired or constructed in prior periods. EBITDA is a common alternative performance measure used by investors, analysts and credit rating agencies to evaluate and compare the operating performance and value of companies with our industry.

⁽²⁾

Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA excluding certain gains, losses and other charges that do not related to the ongoing operations of our business. Adjusted EBITDA as defined above may not be similar to adjusted EBITDA measures of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for, the information contained in our statements of income. We believe that adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it allows investors to evaluate our operating results and related financial performance for different periods on a more comparable basis by excluding items that do not relate to the ongoing operations of our business.

⁽³⁾	Before one-time charge of approximately $0.03 per diluted share for early extinguishment of existing term loan.